[Pkg-shadow-commits] r1199 - in trunk/debian: . patches
bubulle at alioth.debian.org
bubulle at alioth.debian.org
Mon Jun 18 16:45:09 UTC 2007
Author: bubulle
Date: 2007-06-18 16:45:09 +0000 (Mon, 18 Jun 2007)
New Revision: 1199
Added:
trunk/debian/patches/202_it_man_uses_gettext
Modified:
trunk/debian/changelog
trunk/debian/patches/series
Log:
Switch Italian manpages to gettext
Modified: trunk/debian/changelog
===================================================================
--- trunk/debian/changelog 2007-06-18 16:20:25 UTC (rev 1198)
+++ trunk/debian/changelog 2007-06-18 16:45:09 UTC (rev 1199)
@@ -7,6 +7,8 @@
* Upstream bugs not fixed in upstream's CVS:
- 410_newgrp_man_mention_sg: mention sg(1) in newgrp man page
- 201_fix_man_su_fr: fix translation error in french translation for su(1)
+ - 202_it_man_uses_gettext: switch italian manpages to gettext. This will
+ fix missing paragraphs in translated manpages. Closes: #425689
-- Christian Perrier <bubulle at debian.org> Sun, 17 Jun 2007 07:38:14 +0200
Added: trunk/debian/patches/202_it_man_uses_gettext
===================================================================
--- trunk/debian/patches/202_it_man_uses_gettext (rev 0)
+++ trunk/debian/patches/202_it_man_uses_gettext 2007-06-18 16:45:09 UTC (rev 1199)
@@ -0,0 +1,7199 @@
+Goal: Switch it manpages to gettext
+
+Fixes: #425689
+
+Note: Update asked to debian-l10n-italian in June 2007
+
+Status wrt upstream: should be forwarded
+
+Index: shadow-4.0.18.1/man/it/it.po
+===================================================================
+--- /dev/null 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000
++++ shadow-4.0.18.1/man/it/it.po 2007-06-18 18:39:26.760735963 +0200
+@@ -0,0 +1,7186 @@
++# Italian translations for shadow package.
++# Copyright © 2005 the shadow copyright holder.
++# This file is distributed under the same license as the shadow package.
++# Giuseppe Sacco <eppesuig at debian.org>, 2005.
++# Danilo Piazzalunga <danilopiazza at libero.it>, 2005.
++# Isabella Ruocco <isacher at nettaxi.com>, 1999.
++#
++msgid ""
++msgstr ""
++"Project-Id-Version: shadow 4.0.3\n"
++"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-17 16:01+0200\n"
++"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-05-27 16:42+0200\n"
++"Last-Translator: Giuseppe Sacco <eppesuig at debian.org>\n"
++"Language-Team: Italian <tp at lists.linux.it>\n"
++"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
++"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
++"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n"
++
++#: vipw.8.xml:5(refentrytitle) vipw.8.xml:10(refname) vipw.8.xml:19(command)
++msgid "vipw"
++msgstr "vipw"
++
++#: vipw.8.xml:6(manvolnum) usermod.8.xml:6(manvolnum)
++#: userdel.8.xml:6(manvolnum) userdel.8.xml:153(replaceable)
++#: useradd.8.xml:6(manvolnum) pwconv.8.xml:6(manvolnum)
++#: pwck.8.xml:6(manvolnum) nologin.8.xml:6(manvolnum)
++#: newusers.8.xml:6(manvolnum) logoutd.8.xml:6(manvolnum)
++#: lastlog.8.xml:6(manvolnum) grpck.8.xml:6(manvolnum)
++#: groupmod.8.xml:6(manvolnum) groupmems.8.xml:6(manvolnum)
++#: groupdel.8.xml:6(manvolnum) groupdel.8.xml:78(replaceable)
++#: groupadd.8.xml:6(manvolnum) faillog.8.xml:6(manvolnum)
++#: faillog.5.xml:53(manvolnum) chpasswd.8.xml:6(manvolnum)
++#: chgpasswd.8.xml:6(manvolnum)
++msgid "8"
++msgstr "8"
++
++#: vipw.8.xml:7(refmiscinfo) usermod.8.xml:7(refmiscinfo)
++#: userdel.8.xml:7(refmiscinfo) useradd.8.xml:7(refmiscinfo)
++#: pwconv.8.xml:7(refmiscinfo) pwck.8.xml:7(refmiscinfo)
++#: nologin.8.xml:7(refmiscinfo) newusers.8.xml:7(refmiscinfo)
++#: logoutd.8.xml:7(refmiscinfo) lastlog.8.xml:7(refmiscinfo)
++#: grpck.8.xml:7(refmiscinfo) groupmod.8.xml:7(refmiscinfo)
++#: groupmems.8.xml:7(refmiscinfo) groupdel.8.xml:7(refmiscinfo)
++#: groupadd.8.xml:7(refmiscinfo) faillog.8.xml:7(refmiscinfo)
++#: chpasswd.8.xml:7(refmiscinfo) chgpasswd.8.xml:7(refmiscinfo)
++msgid "System Management Commands"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: vipw.8.xml:11(refname) vipw.8.xml:25(command)
++msgid "vigr"
++msgstr "vigr"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: vipw.8.xml:12(refpurpose)
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "edit the password, group, shadow-password or shadow-group file"
++msgstr ""
++"#-#-#-#-# it.po (shadow 4.0.3) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"vipw, vigr - editano i file delle password, dei gruppi, delle password "
++"oscurate, o dei gruppi oscurati.\n"
++"#-#-#-#-# vipw.8.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"vipw, vigr - modificano i file delle password, dei gruppi, delle shadow "
++"password o dei gruppi shadow"
++
++#: vipw.8.xml:21(replaceable) vipw.8.xml:27(replaceable)
++#: usermod.8.xml:18(replaceable) userdel.8.xml:16(arg)
++#: useradd.8.xml:17(replaceable) useradd.8.xml:29(replaceable)
++#: su.1.xml:17(replaceable) passwd.1.xml:18(replaceable)
++#: lastlog.8.xml:18(replaceable) groupmod.8.xml:18(replaceable)
++#: faillog.8.xml:18(replaceable) chsh.1.xml:18(replaceable)
++#: chpasswd.8.xml:18(replaceable) chgpasswd.8.xml:18(replaceable)
++#: chage.1.xml:17(replaceable)
++msgid "options"
++msgstr "opzioni"
++
++# type: SH
++#: vipw.8.xml:33(title) usermod.8.xml:25(title) userdel.8.xml:24(title)
++#: useradd.8.xml:35(title) suauth.5.xml:21(title) su.1.xml:28(title)
++#: sg.1.xml:26(title) shadow.5.xml:15(title) shadow.3.xml:64(title)
++#: shadow.3.xml:120(title) pwconv.8.xml:33(title) pwck.8.xml:44(title)
++#: porttime.5.xml:15(title) passwd.5.xml:15(title) passwd.1.xml:27(title)
++#: nologin.8.xml:21(title) newusers.8.xml:24(title) newgrp.1.xml:22(title)
++#: logoutd.8.xml:21(title) login.defs.5.xml:15(title)
++#: login.access.5.xml:15(title) login.1.xml:36(title) limits.5.xml:16(title)
++#: lastlog.8.xml:24(title) gshadow.5.xml:15(title) grpck.8.xml:25(title)
++#: groups.1.xml:24(title) groupmod.8.xml:25(title) groupmems.8.xml:27(title)
++#: groupdel.8.xml:24(title) groupadd.8.xml:30(title) gpasswd.1.xml:48(title)
++#: faillog.8.xml:24(title) faillog.5.xml:15(title) expiry.1.xml:23(title)
++#: chsh.1.xml:27(title) chpasswd.8.xml:24(title) chgpasswd.8.xml:24(title)
++#: chfn.1.xml:27(title) chage.1.xml:26(title)
++msgid "DESCRIPTION"
++msgstr "DESCRIZIONE"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: vipw.8.xml:34(para)
++msgid ""
++"<command>vipw</command> and <command>vigr</command> will edit the files "
++"<filename>/etc/passwd</filename> and <filename>/etc/group</filename>, "
++"respectively. With the <option>-s</option> flag, they will edit the shadow "
++"versions of those files, <filename>/etc/shadow</filename> and <filename>/etc/"
++"gshadow</filename>, respectively. The programs will set the appropriate "
++"locks to prevent file corruption. When looking for an editor, the programs "
++"will first try the environment variable <envar>$VISUAL</envar>, then the "
++"environment variable <envar>$EDITOR</envar>, and finally the default editor, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>vi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>."
++msgstr ""
++"<command>vipw</command> e <command>vigr</command> permettono di modificare "
++"rispettivamente i file <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> e <filename>/etc/"
++"group</filename>. Con l'opzione <option>-s</option>, vengono aperte le "
++"versioni shadow di quei file, rispettivamente <filename>/etc/shadow</"
++"filename> e <filename>/etc/gshadow</filename>. I programmi si occupano di "
++"impostare i lock necessari per evitare la corruzione dei file. Per "
++"determinare l'editor da usare, i programmi prima provano con la variabile "
++"d'ambiente <envar>$VISUAL</envar>, poi con la variabile d'ambiente "
++"<envar>$EDITOR</envar> e infine con l'editor predefinito, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>."
++
++# type: SH
++#: vipw.8.xml:51(title) usermod.8.xml:33(title) userdel.8.xml:39(title)
++#: useradd.8.xml:53(title) su.1.xml:74(title) pwck.8.xml:96(title)
++#: passwd.1.xml:140(title) login.1.xml:119(title) lastlog.8.xml:36(title)
++#: grpck.8.xml:69(title) groupmod.8.xml:34(title) groupmems.8.xml:42(title)
++#: groupadd.8.xml:39(title) gpasswd.1.xml:71(title) faillog.8.xml:35(title)
++#: chsh.1.xml:38(title) chpasswd.8.xml:46(title) chgpasswd.8.xml:45(title)
++#: chage.1.xml:36(title)
++msgid "OPTIONS"
++msgstr "OPZIONI"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: vipw.8.xml:52(para)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid "The options which apply to the <command>chage</command> command are:"
++msgid ""
++"The options which apply to the <command>vipw</command> and <command>vigr</"
++"command> commands are:"
++msgstr "Il comando <command>chage</command> accetta le seguenti opzioni:"
++
++# type: TP
++#: vipw.8.xml:58(term)
++msgid "<option>-g</option>, <option>--group</option>"
++msgstr "<option>-g</option>, <option>--group</option>"
++
++#: vipw.8.xml:60(para)
++msgid "Edit group database."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: TP
++#: vipw.8.xml:64(term) userdel.8.xml:68(term) useradd.8.xml:158(term)
++#: passwd.1.xml:180(term) lastlog.8.xml:52(term) groupmod.8.xml:57(term)
++#: groupadd.8.xml:72(term) faillog.8.xml:48(term) chsh.1.xml:44(term)
++#: chpasswd.8.xml:59(term) chgpasswd.8.xml:58(term) chage.1.xml:74(term)
++msgid "<option>-h</option>, <option>--help</option>"
++msgstr "<option>-h</option>, <option>--help</option>"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: vipw.8.xml:66(para) userdel.8.xml:70(para) useradd.8.xml:160(para)
++#: passwd.1.xml:182(para) lastlog.8.xml:56(para) groupmod.8.xml:59(para)
++#: groupadd.8.xml:74(para) faillog.8.xml:50(para) chsh.1.xml:46(para)
++#: chpasswd.8.xml:61(para) chgpasswd.8.xml:60(para) chage.1.xml:76(para)
++msgid "Display help message and exit."
++msgstr "Mostra un messaggio di aiuto ed esce."
++
++# type: IP
++#: vipw.8.xml:70(term)
++msgid "<option>-p</option>, <option>--passwd</option>"
++msgstr "<option>-p</option>, <option>--passwd</option>"
++
++#: vipw.8.xml:72(para)
++msgid "Edit passwd database."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: IP
++#: vipw.8.xml:76(term) passwd.1.xml:234(term)
++msgid "<option>-q</option>, <option>--quiet</option>"
++msgstr "<option>-q</option>, <option>--quiet</option>"
++
++#: vipw.8.xml:78(para) passwd.1.xml:238(para)
++msgid "Quiet mode."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: IP
++#: vipw.8.xml:82(term)
++msgid "<option>-s</option>, <option>--shadow</option>"
++msgstr "<option>-s</option>, <option>--shadow</option>"
++
++#: vipw.8.xml:84(para)
++msgid "Edit shadow or gshadow database."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: SH
++#: vipw.8.xml:91(title) usermod.8.xml:246(title) userdel.8.xml:94(title)
++#: useradd.8.xml:395(title) suauth.5.xml:139(title) su.1.xml:176(title)
++#: sg.1.xml:43(title) shadow.5.xml:105(title) shadow.3.xml:172(title)
++#: pwconv.8.xml:109(title) pwck.8.xml:145(title) porttime.5.xml:76(title)
++#: passwd.5.xml:87(title) passwd.1.xml:322(title) newusers.8.xml:100(title)
++#: newgrp.1.xml:54(title) logoutd.8.xml:35(title) login.access.5.xml:66(title)
++#: login.1.xml:198(title) limits.5.xml:107(title) lastlog.8.xml:113(title)
++#: gshadow.5.xml:61(title) grpck.8.xml:87(title) groups.1.xml:46(title)
++#: groupmod.8.xml:89(title) groupmems.8.xml:103(title)
++#: groupdel.8.xml:43(title) groupadd.8.xml:112(title) gpasswd.1.xml:93(title)
++#: faillog.8.xml:132(title) faillog.5.xml:38(title) expiry.1.xml:32(title)
++#: chsh.1.xml:85(title) chfn.1.xml:59(title) chage.1.xml:177(title)
++msgid "FILES"
++msgstr "FILE"
++
++#: vipw.8.xml:94(filename) usermod.8.xml:249(filename)
++#: userdel.8.xml:97(filename) useradd.8.xml:410(filename)
++#: sg.1.xml:58(filename) pwck.8.xml:148(filename) newgrp.1.xml:69(filename)
++#: gshadow.5.xml:64(filename) grpck.8.xml:90(filename)
++#: groups.1.xml:49(filename) groupmod.8.xml:92(filename)
++#: groupmems.8.xml:106(filename) groupdel.8.xml:46(filename)
++#: groupadd.8.xml:115(filename) gpasswd.1.xml:11(filename)
++#: gpasswd.1.xml:96(filename)
++msgid "/etc/group"
++msgstr "/etc/group"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: vipw.8.xml:96(para) usermod.8.xml:251(para) userdel.8.xml:99(para)
++#: useradd.8.xml:412(para) sg.1.xml:60(para) pwck.8.xml:150(para)
++#: newgrp.1.xml:71(para) gshadow.5.xml:66(para) grpck.8.xml:92(para)
++#: groups.1.xml:51(para) groupmod.8.xml:94(para) groupmems.8.xml:108(para)
++#: groupdel.8.xml:48(para) groupadd.8.xml:117(para) gpasswd.1.xml:98(para)
++msgid "Group account information."
++msgstr "Informazioni sugli account di gruppo."
++
++#: vipw.8.xml:100(filename) sg.1.xml:64(filename) newgrp.1.xml:75(filename)
++#: gshadow.5.xml:70(filename) grpck.8.xml:96(filename)
++#: groupmod.8.xml:98(filename) groupmems.8.xml:112(filename)
++#: groupdel.8.xml:52(filename) groupadd.8.xml:121(filename)
++#: gpasswd.1.xml:102(filename)
++msgid "/etc/gshadow"
++msgstr "/etc/gshadow"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: vipw.8.xml:102(para) sg.1.xml:66(para) newgrp.1.xml:77(para)
++#: gshadow.5.xml:72(para) grpck.8.xml:98(para) groupmod.8.xml:100(para)
++#: groupdel.8.xml:54(para) groupadd.8.xml:123(para) gpasswd.1.xml:104(para)
++msgid "Secure group account information."
++msgstr "Informazioni sicure sugli account di gruppo."
++
++#: vipw.8.xml:106(filename) usermod.8.xml:255(filename)
++#: userdel.8.xml:109(filename) useradd.8.xml:398(filename)
++#: su.1.xml:179(filename) sg.1.xml:46(filename) shadow.5.xml:108(filename)
++#: pwck.8.xml:154(filename) passwd.5.xml:90(filename)
++#: passwd.1.xml:325(filename) newgrp.1.xml:57(filename)
++#: login.1.xml:213(filename) grpck.8.xml:102(filename)
++#: expiry.1.xml:35(filename) chsh.1.xml:88(filename) chfn.1.xml:68(filename)
++#: chage.1.xml:181(filename)
++msgid "/etc/passwd"
++msgstr "/etc/passwd"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: vipw.8.xml:108(para) usermod.8.xml:257(para) userdel.8.xml:111(para)
++#: useradd.8.xml:400(para) su.1.xml:181(para) sg.1.xml:48(para)
++#: shadow.5.xml:110(para) pwck.8.xml:156(para) passwd.5.xml:92(para)
++#: passwd.1.xml:327(para) newgrp.1.xml:59(para) login.1.xml:215(para)
++#: grpck.8.xml:104(para) expiry.1.xml:37(para) chsh.1.xml:90(para)
++#: chfn.1.xml:70(para) chage.1.xml:184(para)
++msgid "User account information."
++msgstr "informazioni sugli account utente."
++
++#: vipw.8.xml:112(filename) usermod.8.xml:261(filename)
++#: userdel.8.xml:115(filename) useradd.8.xml:404(filename)
++#: su.1.xml:185(filename) sg.1.xml:52(filename) shadow.5.xml:114(filename)
++#: shadow.3.xml:175(filename) pwck.8.xml:160(filename)
++#: passwd.5.xml:96(filename) passwd.1.xml:331(filename)
++#: newgrp.1.xml:63(filename) login.1.xml:219(filename)
++#: expiry.1.xml:41(filename) chage.1.xml:189(filename)
++msgid "/etc/shadow"
++msgstr "/etc/shadow"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: vipw.8.xml:114(para) usermod.8.xml:263(para) userdel.8.xml:117(para)
++#: useradd.8.xml:406(para) su.1.xml:187(para) sg.1.xml:54(para)
++#: shadow.5.xml:116(para) shadow.3.xml:177(para) pwck.8.xml:162(para)
++#: passwd.1.xml:333(para) newgrp.1.xml:65(para) login.1.xml:221(para)
++#: expiry.1.xml:43(para) chage.1.xml:192(para)
++msgid "Secure user account information."
++msgstr "Informazioni sicure sugli account di utenti."
++
++# type: SH
++#: vipw.8.xml:120(title) usermod.8.xml:270(title) userdel.8.xml:196(title)
++#: useradd.8.xml:506(title) suauth.5.xml:168(title) su.1.xml:194(title)
++#: sg.1.xml:73(title) shadow.5.xml:123(title) shadow.3.xml:184(title)
++#: pwconv.8.xml:121(title) pwck.8.xml:169(title) porttime.5.xml:88(title)
++#: passwd.5.xml:105(title) passwd.1.xml:391(title) nologin.8.xml:35(title)
++#: newusers.8.xml:112(title) newgrp.1.xml:84(title)
++#: login.defs.5.xml:256(title) login.access.5.xml:78(title)
++#: login.1.xml:252(title) limits.5.xml:117(title) gshadow.5.xml:79(title)
++#: grpck.8.xml:111(title) groups.1.xml:58(title) groupmod.8.xml:158(title)
++#: groupmems.8.xml:121(title) groupdel.8.xml:94(title)
++#: groupadd.8.xml:199(title) gpasswd.1.xml:111(title) faillog.8.xml:144(title)
++#: faillog.5.xml:50(title) expiry.1.xml:50(title) chsh.1.xml:109(title)
++#: chpasswd.8.xml:85(title) chgpasswd.8.xml:84(title) chfn.1.xml:77(title)
++#: chage.1.xml:232(title)
++msgid "SEE ALSO"
++msgstr "VEDERE ANCHE"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: vipw.8.xml:121(para)
++msgid ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>vi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>group</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gshadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry><citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>."
++msgstr ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>vi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>group</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gshadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry><citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>."
++
++#: usermod.8.xml:5(refentrytitle) usermod.8.xml:10(refname)
++#: usermod.8.xml:16(command) login.defs.5.xml:229(term)
++msgid "usermod"
++msgstr "usermod"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: usermod.8.xml:11(refpurpose)
++msgid "modify a user account"
++msgstr "modifica l'account di un utente"
++
++# type: TH
++#: usermod.8.xml:20(replaceable) userdel.8.xml:18(replaceable)
++#: useradd.8.xml:19(replaceable) su.1.xml:21(replaceable)
++#: passwd.1.xml:21(replaceable) chsh.1.xml:21(replaceable)
++#: chage.1.xml:20(replaceable)
++msgid "LOGIN"
++msgstr "LOGIN"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: usermod.8.xml:26(para)
++msgid ""
++"The <command>usermod</command> command modifies the system account files to "
++"reflect the changes that are specified on the command line."
++msgstr ""
++"Il comando <command>usermod</command> modifica i file di account del "
++"sistema in modo da riflettere i cambiamenti che sono specificati sulla linea "
++"di comando."
++
++# type: TP
++#: usermod.8.xml:34(para)
++msgid "The options which apply to the <command>usermod</command> command are:"
++msgstr "Il comando <command>usermod</command> accetta le seguenti opzioni:"
++
++# type: IP
++#: usermod.8.xml:40(term)
++msgid "<option>-a</option>, <option>--append</option>"
++msgstr "<option>-a</option>, <option>--append</option>"
++
++#: usermod.8.xml:44(para)
++msgid ""
++"Add the user to the supplemental group(s). Use only with <option>-G</option> "
++"option."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: TP
++#: usermod.8.xml:51(term) useradd.8.xml:58(term)
++msgid ""
++"<option>-c</option>, <option>--comment</option><replaceable>COMMENT</"
++"replaceable>"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: usermod.8.xml:56(para)
++msgid ""
++"The new value of the user's password file comment field. It is normally "
++"modified using the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chfn</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> utility."
++msgstr ""
++"Il campo commento del nuovo utente nel file password. Normalmente viene "
++"modificato usando l'utilità <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chfn</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++
++# type: TP
++#: usermod.8.xml:65(term) useradd.8.xml:86(term)
++msgid ""
++"<option>-d</option>, <option>--home</option><replaceable>HOME_DIR</"
++"replaceable>"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: usermod.8.xml:70(para)
++msgid ""
++"The user's new login directory. If the <option>-m</option> option is given "
++"the contents of the current home directory will be moved to the new home "
++"directory, which is created if it does not already exist."
++msgstr ""
++"La nuova directory di login dell'utente. Se è data l'opzione <option>-m</"
++"option> il contenuto della home directory corrente sarà spostato nella nuova "
++"home directory, che viene creata se non esiste già."
++
++# type: TP
++#: usermod.8.xml:79(term) useradd.8.xml:103(term) useradd.8.xml:309(term)
++msgid ""
++"<option>-e</option>, <option>--expiredate</option><replaceable>EXPIRE_DATE</"
++"replaceable>"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: usermod.8.xml:84(para) useradd.8.xml:108(para)
++msgid ""
++"The date on which the user account will be disabled. The date is specified "
++"in the format <emphasis remap=\"I\">YYYY-MM-DD</emphasis>."
++msgstr ""
++"La data in cui l'account dell'utente verrà disabilitato. La data è "
++"specificata nel formato <emphasis remap=\"I\">MM/GG/AA</emphasis>."
++
++# type: TP
++#: usermod.8.xml:91(term) useradd.8.xml:115(term) useradd.8.xml:318(term)
++msgid ""
++"<option>-f</option>, <option>--inactive</option><replaceable>INACTIVE</"
++"replaceable>"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: usermod.8.xml:96(para) useradd.8.xml:120(para)
++msgid ""
++"The number of days after a password expires until the account is permanently "
++"disabled. A value of 0 disables the account as soon as the password has "
++"expired, and a value of -1 disables the feature. The default value is -1."
++msgstr ""
++"Il numero di giorni dopo la scadenza della password prima che l'account "
++"verrà permanentemente disabilitato. Un valore pari a 0 disabilita l'account "
++"non appena la password è scaduta, ed un valore pari a -1 disabilita questa "
++"caratteristica. Il valore predefinito è -1."
++
++# type: IP
++#: usermod.8.xml:105(term) useradd.8.xml:129(term) useradd.8.xml:330(term)
++msgid ""
++"<option>-g</option>, <option>--gid</option><replaceable>GROUP</replaceable>"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: usermod.8.xml:110(para)
++msgid ""
++"The group name or number of the user's new initial login group. The group "
++"name must exist. A group number must refer to an already existing group. The "
++"default group number is 1."
++msgstr ""
++"Il nuome o numero del nuovo gruppo di connessione dell'utente. Il nome del "
++"gruppo deve esistere. Un numero di gruppo deve riferirsi ad un gruppo già "
++"esistente. Il numero di gruppo predefinito è 1."
++
++#: usermod.8.xml:118(term) useradd.8.xml:142(term)
++msgid ""
++"<option>-G</option>, <option>--groups</option><replaceable>GROUP1</"
++"replaceable>[<emphasis remap=\"I\">,GROUP2,...</emphasis>[<emphasis remap=\"I"
++"\">,GROUPN</emphasis>]]]"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: usermod.8.xml:123(para)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid ""
++#| "A list of supplementary groups which the user is also a member of. Each "
++#| "group is separated from the next by a comma, with no intervening "
++#| "whitespace. The groups are subject to the same restrictions as the group "
++#| "given with the <option>-g</option> option. If the user is currently a "
++#| "member of a group which is not listed, the user will be removed from the "
++#| "group"
++msgid ""
++"A list of supplementary groups which the user is also a member of. Each "
++"group is separated from the next by a comma, with no intervening whitespace. "
++"The groups are subject to the same restrictions as the group given with the "
++"<option>-g</option> option. If the user is currently a member of a group "
++"which is not listed, the user will be removed from the group. This behaviour "
++"can be changed via <option>-a</option> option, which appends user to the "
++"current supplementary group list."
++msgstr ""
++"Una lista di gruppi supplementari di cui l'utente è altresì membro. Ciascun "
++"gruppo è separato dal successivo da una virgola, senza spazi bianchi "
++"intermedi. I gruppi sono soggetti alle stesse restrizioni del gruppo dato "
++"con l'opzione <option>-g</option>. Se l'utente è attualmente membro di un "
++"gruppo che non è elencato, l'utente verrà rimosso dal gruppo."
++
++# type: IP
++#: usermod.8.xml:136(term)
++msgid ""
++"<option>-l</option>, <option>--login</option><replaceable>NEW_LOGIN</"
++"replaceable>"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: usermod.8.xml:141(para)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid ""
++#| "The name of the user will be changed from I<login> to I<login_name>. "
++#| "Nothing else is changed. In particular, the user's home directory name "
++#| "should probably be changed to reflect the new login name."
++msgid ""
++"The name of the user will be changed from <emphasis remap=\"I\">LOGIN</"
++"emphasis> to <emphasis remap=\"I\">NEW_LOGIN</emphasis>. Nothing else is "
++"changed. In particular, the user's home directory name should probably be "
++"changed to reflect the new login name."
++msgstr ""
++"Il nome dell'utente verrà cambiato da I<login> a I<nome_login>. Niente "
++"altro viene cambiato. In particolare, la home directory dell'utente "
++"dovrebbe probabilmente essere modificata in modo da riflettere il nuovo nome "
++"di login."
++
++# type: IP
++#: usermod.8.xml:151(term)
++msgid "<option>-L</option>, <option>--lock</option>"
++msgstr "<option>-L</option>, <option>--lock</option>"
++
++#: usermod.8.xml:155(para)
++msgid ""
++"Lock a user's password. This puts a '!' in front of the encrypted password, "
++"effectively disabling the password. You can't use this option with <option>-"
++"p</option> or <option>-U</option>."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: TP
++#: usermod.8.xml:164(term) useradd.8.xml:234(term) groupmod.8.xml:75(term)
++msgid "<option>-o</option>, <option>--non-unique</option>"
++msgstr "<option>-o</option>, <option>--non-unique</option>"
++
++#: usermod.8.xml:168(para)
++msgid ""
++"When used with the <option>-u</option> option, this option allows to change "
++"the user ID to a non-unique value."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: TP
++#: usermod.8.xml:175(term) useradd.8.xml:242(term)
++msgid ""
++"<option>-p</option>, <option>--password</option><replaceable>PASSWORD</"
++"replaceable>"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: usermod.8.xml:180(para)
++msgid ""
++"The encrypted password, as returned by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>crypt</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: TP
++#: usermod.8.xml:188(term) useradd.8.xml:255(term) useradd.8.xml:343(term)
++#: su.1.xml:108(term) chsh.1.xml:50(term)
++msgid ""
++"<option>-s</option>, <option>--shell</option><replaceable>SHELL</replaceable>"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: usermod.8.xml:193(para) chsh.1.xml:54(para)
++msgid ""
++"The name of the user's new login shell. Setting this field to blank causes "
++"the system to select the default login shell."
++msgstr ""
++"Il nome della nuova shell di login dell'utente. Lasciando questo campo "
++"vuoto si fa in modo che il sistema selezioni la shell di connessione "
++"predefinita."
++
++# type: TP
++#: usermod.8.xml:200(term) useradd.8.xml:268(term)
++msgid ""
++"<option>-u</option>, <option>--uid</option><replaceable>UID</replaceable>"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: usermod.8.xml:205(para)
++msgid ""
++"The numerical value of the user's ID. This value must be unique, unless the "
++"<option>-o</option> option is used. The value must be non-negative. Values "
++"between 0 and 999 are typically reserved for system accounts. Any files "
++"which the user owns and which are located in the directory tree rooted at "
++"the user's home directory will have the file user ID changed automatically. "
++"Files outside of the user's home directory must be altered manually."
++msgstr ""
++"Il valore numerico dell'ID dell'utente. Questo valore deve essere univoco, "
++"a meno che non venga usata l'opzione <option>-o</option>. Questo valore deve essere non-"
++"negativo. Valori tra 0 e 999 sono tipicamente riservati ad account di "
++"sistema. Tutti i file che l'utente possiede e che sono posiszionati "
++"nell'albero di directory avente come radice la home directory dell'utente "
++"avranno l'ID utente del file cambiato automaticamente. I file fuori della "
++"home directory dell'utente devono essere modificati manualmente."
++
++# type: IP
++#: usermod.8.xml:218(term)
++msgid "<option>-U</option>, <option>--unlock</option>"
++msgstr "<option>-U</option>, <option>--unlock</option>"
++
++#: usermod.8.xml:222(para)
++msgid ""
++"Unlock a user's password. This removes the '!' in front of the encrypted "
++"password. You can't use this option with <option>-p</option> or <option>-L</"
++"option>."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: SH
++#: usermod.8.xml:233(title) userdel.8.xml:175(title) useradd.8.xml:371(title)
++#: su.1.xml:168(title) shadow.3.xml:164(title) passwd.1.xml:311(title)
++#: newusers.8.xml:92(title) login.1.xml:164(title) lastlog.8.xml:125(title)
++#: groupdel.8.xml:36(title) groupadd.8.xml:136(title) faillog.8.xml:121(title)
++#: chpasswd.8.xml:77(title) chgpasswd.8.xml:76(title)
++msgid "CAVEATS"
++msgstr "AVVISI/CAVEAT"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: usermod.8.xml:234(para)
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"<command>usermod</command> will not allow you to change the name of a user "
++"who is logged in. You must make certain that the named user is not executing "
++"any processes when this command is being executed if the user's numerical "
++"user ID is being changed. You must change the owner of any <command>crontab</"
++"command> files manually. You must change the owner of any <command>at</"
++"command> jobs manually. You must make any changes involving NIS on the NIS "
++"server."
++msgstr ""
++"<command>usermod</command> non permetterà di modificare il nome di un utente "
++"che è attualmente connesso. Occorre essere certi che l'utente nominato non "
++"sta eseguendo alcun processo quando questo comando viene eseguito se l'ID "
++"numerico dell'utente sta per essere cambiato. Occorre cambiare il "
++"proprietario di ogni file <command>crontab</command> manualmente. Occorre cambiare il "
++"proprietario di ogni <command>at</command> job manualmente. Occorre fare qualunque cambiamento "
++"che riguarda NIS sul server NIS."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: usermod.8.xml:271(para)
++msgid ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chsh</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>crypt</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpasswd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>groupadd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>groupdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>groupmod</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>login.defs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>useradd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>userdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++msgstr ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chsh</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>crypt</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpasswd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>groupadd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>groupdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>groupmod</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>login.defs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>useradd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>userdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++
++#: userdel.8.xml:5(refentrytitle) userdel.8.xml:10(refname)
++#: userdel.8.xml:15(command) login.defs.5.xml:221(term)
++msgid "userdel"
++msgstr "userdel"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: userdel.8.xml:11(refpurpose)
++msgid "delete a user account and related files"
++msgstr "Rimuove l'account di un utente ed i file relativi"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: userdel.8.xml:25(para)
++msgid ""
++"<command>userdel</command> is a low level utility for adding users. On "
++"Debian, administrators should usually use "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>deluser</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry> instead."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: userdel.8.xml:31(para)
++msgid ""
++"The <command>userdel</command> command modifies the system account files, "
++"deleting all entries that refer to <emphasis remap=\"I\">login_name</"
++"emphasis>. The named user must exist."
++msgstr ""
++"Il comando <command>userdel</command> modifica i file di account del "
++"sistema, rimuovendo tutte le voci che si riferiscono a <emphasis remap=\"I\">login_name</emphasis>. "
++"L'utente nominato deve esistere."
++
++# type: TP
++#: userdel.8.xml:40(para)
++msgid "The options which apply to the <command>userdel</command> command are:"
++msgstr "Il comando <command>userdel</command> accetta le seguenti opzioni:"
++
++# type: IP
++#: userdel.8.xml:45(term)
++msgid "<option>-f</option>, <option>--force</option>"
++msgstr "<option>-f</option>, <option>--force</option>"
++
++#: userdel.8.xml:49(para)
++msgid ""
++"This option forces the removal of the user, even if she is still logged in. "
++"It also forces <command>userdel</command> to remove the user's home "
++"directory or her mail spool, even if another user uses the same home "
++"directory or if the mail spool is not owned by the specified user. If "
++"<emphasis>USERGROUPS_ENAB</emphasis> is defined to <emphasis remap=\"I"
++"\">yes</emphasis> in <filename>/etc/login.defs</filename> and if a group "
++"exists with the same name as the deleted user, then this group will be "
++"removed, even if it is still the primary group of another user."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: userdel.8.xml:61(para)
++msgid ""
++"<emphasis>Note:</emphasis> This option is dangerous and may leave your "
++"system in an inconsistent state."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: IP
++#: userdel.8.xml:74(term)
++msgid "<option>-r</option>, <option>--remove</option>"
++msgstr "<option>-r</option>, <option>--remove</option>"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: userdel.8.xml:78(para)
++msgid ""
++"Files in the user's home directory will be removed along with the home "
++"directory itself and the user's mail spool. Files located in other file "
++"systems will have to be searched for and deleted manually."
++msgstr ""
++"I file nella home directory dell'utente verranno rimossi insieme alla home "
++"directory stessa. I file collocati in altri file system dovranno essere "
++"ricercati e rimossi manualmente."
++
++#: userdel.8.xml:84(para)
++msgid ""
++"The mail spool is defined by the <emphasis>MAIL_DIR</emphasis> variable in "
++"the <filename>login.defs</filename> file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: userdel.8.xml:103(filename) useradd.8.xml:428(filename)
++#: pwconv.8.xml:112(filename) newusers.8.xml:103(filename)
++#: login.access.5.xml:69(filename) groupadd.8.xml:127(filename)
++#: chsh.1.xml:100(filename) chfn.1.xml:62(filename)
++msgid "/etc/login.defs"
++msgstr "/etc/login.defs"
++
++#: userdel.8.xml:105(para) useradd.8.xml:430(para) pwconv.8.xml:114(para)
++#: newusers.8.xml:105(para) login.access.5.xml:71(para)
++#: groupadd.8.xml:129(para) chsh.1.xml:102(para) chfn.1.xml:64(para)
++msgid "Shadow password suite configuration."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: SH
++#: userdel.8.xml:124(title) useradd.8.xml:437(title) pwck.8.xml:186(title)
++#: passwd.1.xml:340(title) grpck.8.xml:129(title) groupmod.8.xml:107(title)
++#: groupdel.8.xml:61(title) groupadd.8.xml:154(title) chage.1.xml:199(title)
++msgid "EXIT VALUES"
++msgstr "VALORI RESTITUITI"
++
++# type: IP
++#: userdel.8.xml:129(replaceable) useradd.8.xml:442(replaceable)
++#: pwck.8.xml:191(replaceable) passwd.1.xml:345(replaceable)
++#: grpck.8.xml:134(replaceable) groupmod.8.xml:112(replaceable)
++#: groupdel.8.xml:66(replaceable) groupadd.8.xml:159(replaceable)
++#: chage.1.xml:204(replaceable)
++msgid "0"
++msgstr "0"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: userdel.8.xml:131(para) useradd.8.xml:444(para) pwck.8.xml:193(para)
++#: passwd.1.xml:347(para) grpck.8.xml:136(para) groupmod.8.xml:114(para)
++#: groupdel.8.xml:68(para) groupadd.8.xml:161(para) chage.1.xml:206(para)
++msgid "success"
++msgstr "successo"
++
++# type: IP
++#: userdel.8.xml:135(replaceable) useradd.8.xml:448(replaceable)
++#: su.1.xml:6(manvolnum) sg.1.xml:6(manvolnum) pwck.8.xml:197(replaceable)
++#: passwd.1.xml:6(manvolnum) passwd.1.xml:351(replaceable)
++#: newgrp.1.xml:6(manvolnum) login.1.xml:6(manvolnum)
++#: grpck.8.xml:140(replaceable) groups.1.xml:6(manvolnum)
++#: gpasswd.1.xml:6(manvolnum) expiry.1.xml:6(manvolnum)
++#: chsh.1.xml:6(manvolnum) chfn.1.xml:6(manvolnum) chage.1.xml:6(manvolnum)
++#: chage.1.xml:210(replaceable)
++msgid "1"
++msgstr "1"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: userdel.8.xml:137(para) useradd.8.xml:450(para)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid "can't update password files"
++msgid "can't update password file"
++msgstr "impossibile aggiornare i file delle password"
++
++# type: IP
++#: userdel.8.xml:141(replaceable) useradd.8.xml:454(replaceable)
++#: pwck.8.xml:203(replaceable) passwd.1.xml:357(replaceable)
++#: grpck.8.xml:146(replaceable) groupmod.8.xml:118(replaceable)
++#: groupdel.8.xml:72(replaceable) groupadd.8.xml:165(replaceable)
++#: chage.1.xml:216(replaceable)
++msgid "2"
++msgstr "2"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: userdel.8.xml:143(para) useradd.8.xml:456(para) pwck.8.xml:199(para)
++#: grpck.8.xml:142(para) groupmod.8.xml:120(para) groupdel.8.xml:74(para)
++#: groupadd.8.xml:167(para) chage.1.xml:218(para)
++msgid "invalid command syntax"
++msgstr "sintassi del comando errata"
++
++#: userdel.8.xml:147(replaceable) useradd.8.xml:472(replaceable)
++#: passwd.1.xml:381(replaceable) groupmod.8.xml:136(replaceable)
++msgid "6"
++msgstr "6"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: userdel.8.xml:149(para)
++msgid "specified user doesn't exist"
++msgstr "il gruppo specificato non esiste"
++
++#: userdel.8.xml:155(para)
++msgid "user currently logged in"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: IP
++#: userdel.8.xml:159(replaceable) useradd.8.xml:484(replaceable)
++#: groupmod.8.xml:148(replaceable) groupdel.8.xml:84(replaceable)
++#: groupadd.8.xml:189(replaceable)
++msgid "10"
++msgstr "10"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: userdel.8.xml:161(para) useradd.8.xml:486(para) groupmod.8.xml:150(para)
++#: groupdel.8.xml:86(para) groupadd.8.xml:191(para)
++msgid "can't update group file"
++msgstr "non è possibile aggiornare il file group"
++
++# type: IP
++#: userdel.8.xml:165(replaceable) useradd.8.xml:490(replaceable)
++msgid "12"
++msgstr "12"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: userdel.8.xml:167(para)
++msgid "can't remove home directory"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: TP
++#: userdel.8.xml:125(para)
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"The <command>userdel</command> command exits with the following values: "
++"<placeholder-1/>"
++msgstr ""
++"#-#-#-#-# it.po (shadow 4.0.3) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Il comando <command>grpck</command> esce con i seguenti valori:\n"
++"#-#-#-#-# grpck.8.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Il comando <command>grpck</command> restituisce i seguenti valori:"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: userdel.8.xml:176(para)
++msgid ""
++"<command>userdel</command> will not allow you to remove an account if the "
++"user is currently logged in. You must kill any running processes which "
++"belong to an account that you are deleting."
++msgstr ""
++"<command>userdel</command> non permetterà di rimuovere alcun account se "
++"l'utente è attualmente connesso. Occorre uccidere qualunque processo in "
++"esecuzione che appartenga ad un account che si sta rimuovendo. Non è "
++"possibile rimuovere nessun attributo NIS su un client NIS."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: userdel.8.xml:181(para)
++msgid ""
++"You may not remove any NIS attributes on a NIS client. This must be "
++"performed on the NIS server."
++msgstr ""
++"Non è "
++"possibile rimuovere nessun attributo NIS su un client NIS. Questo deve "
++"essere fatto sul server NIS."
++
++#: userdel.8.xml:184(para)
++msgid ""
++"If <emphasis>USERGROUPS_ENAB</emphasis> is defined to <emphasis remap=\"I"
++"\">yes</emphasis> in <filename>/etc/login.defs</filename>, <command>userdel</"
++"command> will delete the group with the same name as the user. To avoid "
++"inconsistencies in the passwd and group databases, <command>userdel</"
++"command> will check that this group is not used as a primary group for "
++"another user, and will just warn without deleting the user otherwise. The "
++"<option>-f</option> option can force the deletion of this group."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: userdel.8.xml:197(para)
++msgid ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chsh</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>login.defs</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpasswd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>groupadd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>groupdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>groupmod</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>useradd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>usermod</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++msgstr ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chsh</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>login.defs</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpasswd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>groupadd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>groupdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>groupmod</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>useradd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>usermod</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++
++#: useradd.8.xml:5(refentrytitle) useradd.8.xml:10(refname)
++#: useradd.8.xml:15(command) useradd.8.xml:22(command)
++#: useradd.8.xml:26(command) login.defs.5.xml:210(term)
++msgid "useradd"
++msgstr "useradd"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: useradd.8.xml:11(refpurpose)
++msgid "create a new user or update default new user information"
++msgstr ""
++"crea un nuovo utente o aggiorna le informazioni predefinite per i "
++"nuovi utenti"
++
++#: useradd.8.xml:23(arg) useradd.8.xml:27(arg)
++msgid "-D"
++msgstr "-D"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: useradd.8.xml:36(para)
++msgid ""
++"<command>useradd</command> is a low level utility for adding users. On "
++"Debian, administrators should usually use "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>adduser</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry> instead."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: useradd.8.xml:42(para)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid ""
++#| "When invoked without the <option>-D</option> option, the "
++#| "<command>useradd</command> command creates a new user account using the "
++#| "values specified on the command line and the default values from the "
++#| "system. The new user account will be entered into the system files as "
++#| "needed, the home directory will be created, and initial files copied, "
++#| "depending on the command line options. The options which apply to the "
++#| "<command>useradd</command> command are:"
++msgid ""
++"When invoked without the <option>-D</option> option, the <command>useradd</"
++"command> command creates a new user account using the values specified on "
++"the command line and the default values from the system. Depending on "
++"command line options, the useradd command will update system files and may "
++"also create the new user's home directory and copy initial files."
++msgstr ""
++"Quando viene invocato senza l'opzione <option>-D</option>, il comando "
++"<command>useradd</command> crea un nuovo account di utente usando i valori "
++"specificati sulla linea di comando ed i valori predefiniti dal sistema. Il "
++"nuovo account di utente verrà aggiunto ai file di sistema che lo "
++"necessitano, verrà creata la home directory, e lì verranno copiati i file "
++"iniziali, a seconda delle opzioni sulla linea di comando. Le opzioni che si "
++"applicano al comando <command>useradd</command> sono"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: useradd.8.xml:54(para)
++msgid "The options which apply to the <command>useradd</command> command are:"
++msgstr "Il comando <command>useradd</command> accetta le seguenti opzioni:"
++
++#: useradd.8.xml:63(para)
++msgid ""
++"Any text string. It is generally a short description of the login, and is "
++"currently used as the field for the user's full name."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: TP
++#: useradd.8.xml:71(term) useradd.8.xml:294(term)
++msgid ""
++"<option>-b</option>, <option>--base-dir</option><replaceable>BASE_DIR</"
++"replaceable>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: useradd.8.xml:76(para)
++msgid ""
++"The default base directory for the system if <option>-d</option> dir is not "
++"specified. <replaceable>BASE_DIR</replaceable> is concatenated with the "
++"account name to define the home directory. If the <option>-m</option> option "
++"is not used, <replaceable>BASE_DIR</replaceable> must exist."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: useradd.8.xml:91(para)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid ""
++#| "The new user will be created using I<home_dir> as the value for the "
++#| "user's login directory. The default is to append the I<login> name to "
++#| "I<default_home> and use that as the login directory name."
++msgid ""
++"The new user will be created using <replaceable>HOME_DIR</replaceable> as "
++"the value for the user's login directory. The default is to append the "
++"<replaceable>LOGIN</replaceable> name to <replaceable>BASE_DIR</replaceable> "
++"and use that as the login directory name. The directory "
++"<replaceable>HOME_DIR</replaceable> does not have to exist but will not be "
++"created if it is missing."
++msgstr ""
++"Il nuovo utente verrà creato usando I<home_dir> come valore per la directory "
++"di login dell'utente. Il comportamento predefinito è di appendere il nome "
++"I<login> a I<home_predefinita> ed usare quella come nome di directory di "
++"login."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: useradd.8.xml:134(para)
++msgid ""
++"The group name or number of the user's initial login group. The group name "
++"must exist. A group number must refer to an already existing group."
++msgstr ""
++"Il nuome o numero del nuovo gruppo di connessione dell'utente. Il nome del "
++"gruppo deve esistere. Un numero di gruppo deve riferirsi ad un gruppo già "
++"esistente."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: useradd.8.xml:147(para)
++msgid ""
++"A list of supplementary groups which the user is also a member of. Each "
++"group is separated from the next by a comma, with no intervening whitespace. "
++"The groups are subject to the same restrictions as the group given with the "
++"<option>-g</option> option. The default is for the user to belong only to "
++"the initial group."
++msgstr ""
++"Una lista di gruppi supplementari di cui l'utente è altresì membro. Ciascun "
++"gruppo è separato dal successivo da una virgola, senza spazi bianchi "
++"intermedi. I gruppi sono soggetti alle stesse restrizioni del gruppo dato "
++"con l'opzione <option>-g</option>. Il comportamento predefinito è che "
++"l'utente appartenga solo al gruppo iniziale."
++
++# type: IP
++#: useradd.8.xml:164(term)
++msgid "<option>-m</option>, <option>--create-home</option>"
++msgstr "<option>-m</option>, <option>--create-home</option>"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: useradd.8.xml:168(para)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid ""
++#| "The user's home directory will be created if it does not exist. The "
++#| "files contained in I<skeleton_dir> will be copied to the home directory "
++#| "if the <option>-k</option> option is used, otherwise the files contained "
++#| "in <filename>/etc/skel</filename> will be used instead. Any directories "
++#| "contained in I<skeleton_dir> or <filename>/etc/skel</filename> will be "
++#| "created in the user's home directory as well. The <option>-k</option> "
++#| "option is only valid in conjunction with the <option>-m</option> option. "
++#| "The default is to not create the directory and to not copy any files. "
++#| "This option may not function correctly if the username has a / in it."
++msgid ""
++"The user's home directory will be created if it does not exist. The files "
++"contained in <replaceable>SKEL_DIR</replaceable> will be copied to the home "
++"directory if the <option>-k</option> option is used, otherwise the files "
++"contained in <filename>/etc/skel</filename> will be used instead. Any "
++"directories contained in <replaceable>SKEL_DIR</replaceable> or <filename>/"
++"etc/skel</filename> will be created in the user's home directory as well. "
++"The <option>-k</option> option is only valid in conjunction with the "
++"<option>-m</option> option. The default is to not create the directory and "
++"to not copy any files. This option may not function correctly if the "
++"username has a / in it."
++msgstr ""
++"La home directory dell'utente verrà creata se non esiste. I file contenuti "
++"in I<dir_scheletro> saranno copiati nella home directory se viene usata "
++"l'opzione <option>-k</option>, altrimenti verranno usati i file contenuti in "
++"<filename>/etc/skel</filename>. Anche tutte le directory contenute in "
++"I<dir_scheletro> o <filename>/etc/skel</filename> verranno create nella home "
++"directory dell'utente. L'opzione <option>-k</option> è valida solo in "
++"congiunzione con l'opzione <option>-m</option>. Il comportamento "
++"predefinito è di non creare la directory e di non copiarvi alcun file."
++
++#: useradd.8.xml:186(option)
++msgid "-n"
++msgstr "-n"
++
++#: useradd.8.xml:189(para)
++msgid ""
++"A group having the same name as the user being added to the system will be "
++"created by default (when <option>-g</option> is not specified). This option "
++"will turn off this behavior. When this option is used, users by default will "
++"be placed in whatever group is specified in the <replaceable>GROUP</"
++"replaceable> variable of <filename>/etc/default/useradd</filename>. If no "
++"default group is defined, group 100 (users) will be used."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: useradd.8.xml:202(term)
++msgid ""
++"<option>-K</option>, <option>--key</option><replaceable>KEY</"
++"replaceable>=<replaceable>VALUE</replaceable>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: useradd.8.xml:207(para)
++msgid ""
++"Overrides /etc/login.defs defaults (UID_MIN, UID_MAX, UMASK, PASS_MAX_DAYS "
++"and others). <placeholder-1/> Example: <option>-K </"
++"option><replaceable>PASS_MAX_DAYS</replaceable>=<replaceable>-1</"
++"replaceable> can be used when creating system account to turn off password "
++"ageing, even though system account has no password at all. Multiple <option>-"
++"K</option> options can be specified, e.g.: <option>-K </"
++"option><replaceable>UID_MIN</replaceable>=<replaceable>100</"
++"replaceable><option> -K </option><replaceable>UID_MAX</"
++"replaceable>=<replaceable>499</replaceable>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: useradd.8.xml:221(para)
++msgid ""
++"Note: <option>-K </option><replaceable>UID_MIN</"
++"replaceable>=<replaceable>10</replaceable>,<replaceable>UID_MAX</"
++"replaceable>=<replaceable>499</replaceable> doesn't work yet."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: useradd.8.xml:226(para)
++msgid ""
++"For the compatibility with previous Debian's <command>useradd</command>, the "
++"<option>-O</option> option is also supported."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: useradd.8.xml:238(para)
++msgid "Allow the creation of a user account with a duplicate (non-unique) UID."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: useradd.8.xml:247(para)
++msgid ""
++"The encrypted password, as returned by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>crypt</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The default is to "
++"disable the account."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: useradd.8.xml:260(para)
++msgid ""
++"The name of the user's login shell. The default is to leave this field "
++"blank, which causes the system to select the default login shell."
++msgstr ""
++"Il nome della shell di login dell'utente. Il comportamento predefinito è di "
++"lasciare vuoto questo campo, che fa sì che il sistema selezioni la shell di "
++"connessione predefinita."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: useradd.8.xml:273(para)
++msgid ""
++"The numerical value of the user's ID. This value must be unique, unless the "
++"<option>-o</option> option is used. The value must be non-negative. The "
++"default is to use the smallest ID value greater than 999 and greater than "
++"every other user. Values between 0 and 999 are typically reserved for system "
++"accounts."
++msgstr ""
++"Il valore numerico dell'identificatore (ID) del gruppo. Questo valore deve "
++"essere univoco, a meno che non venga usata l'opzione <option>-o</option>. "
++"Il valore deve essere non-negativo. La scelta predefinita è quella di usare "
++"il minimo valore di ID superiore a 999 e superiore a qualunque altro gruppo. "
++"Valori tra 0 e 999 sono tipicamente riservati per account di sistema."
++
++# type: SS
++#: useradd.8.xml:285(title)
++msgid "Changing the default values"
++msgstr "Cambiare i valori predefiniti"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: useradd.8.xml:286(para)
++msgid ""
++"When invoked with the <option>-D</option> option, <command>useradd</command> "
++"will either display the current default values, or update the default values "
++"from the command line. The valid options are"
++msgstr ""
++"Quando invocato con l'opzione <option>-D</option>, <command>useradd</"
++"command> o mostrerà i valori predefiniti correnti, oppure aggiornerà i "
++"valori predefiniti dalla linea di comando. Le opzioni valide sono"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: useradd.8.xml:299(para)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid ""
++#| "The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The user's name "
++#| "will be affixed to the end of I<default_home> to create the new directory "
++#| "name if the <option>-d</option> option is not used when creating a new "
++#| "account."
++msgid ""
++"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The user's name "
++"will be affixed to the end of <replaceable>HOME_DIR</replaceable> to create "
++"the new directory name if the <option>-d</option> option is not used when "
++"creating a new account."
++msgstr ""
++"Il prefisso del percorso per la home directory del nuovo utente. Il nome "
++"dell'utente verrà aggiunto alla fine di I<home_predefinita> per creare il "
++"nome della nuova directory se non viene usata l'opzione <option>-d</"
++"option>I< quando si crea un nuovo account.>"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: useradd.8.xml:314(para)
++msgid "The date on which the user account is disabled."
++msgstr "La data in cui l'account dell'utente verrà disabilitato."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: useradd.8.xml:323(para)
++msgid ""
++"The number of days after a password has expired before the account will be "
++"disabled."
++msgstr ""
++"Il numero di giorni dopo la scadenza di una password prima che l'account "
++"venga disabilitato."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: useradd.8.xml:335(para)
++msgid ""
++"The group name or ID for a new user's initial group. The named group must "
++"exist, and a numerical group ID must have an existing entry."
++msgstr ""
++"Il nome o ID del gruppo iniziale per un nuovo utente. Il gruppo nominato "
++"deve esistere, ed un ID numerico di gruppo deve avere una voce esistente."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: useradd.8.xml:348(para)
++msgid ""
++"The name of the new user's login shell. The named program will be used for "
++"all future new user accounts."
++msgstr ""
++"Il nome della shell di login per un nuovo utente. Il programma nominato "
++"verrà usato per tutti gli account dei futuri nuovi utenti."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: useradd.8.xml:356(para)
++msgid ""
++"If no options are specified, <command>useradd</command> displays the current "
++"default values."
++msgstr ""
++"Se non è specificata alcuna opzione, <command>useradd</command> mostra i "
++"valori predefiniti correnti."
++
++# type: SH
++#: useradd.8.xml:364(title)
++msgid "NOTES"
++msgstr "NOTE"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: useradd.8.xml:365(para)
++msgid ""
++"The system administrator is responsible for placing the default user files "
++"in the <filename>/etc/skel/</filename> directory."
++msgstr ""
++"L'amministratore di sistema è responsabile del posizionamento dei file "
++"predefiniti degli utenti nella directory <filename>/etc/skel/</filename>."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: useradd.8.xml:372(para)
++msgid ""
++"You may not add a user to a NIS group. This must be performed on the NIS "
++"server."
++msgstr ""
++"Non è possibile aggiungere un utente ad un gruppo NIS. Questo deve essere "
++"fatto sul server NIS."
++
++#: useradd.8.xml:377(para)
++msgid ""
++"Similarly, if the username already exists in an external user database such "
++"as NIS, <command>useradd</command> will deny the user account creation "
++"request."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: useradd.8.xml:383(para)
++msgid ""
++"It is usually recommended to only use usernames that begin with a lower case "
++"letter or an underscore, and are only followed by lower case letters, "
++"digits, underscores, dashes, and optionally terminated by a dollar sign. In "
++"regular expression terms: [a-z_][a-z0-9_-]*[$]? On Debian, the only "
++"constraints are that usernames must neither start with a dash ('-') nor "
++"contain a colon (':') or an end of line ('\\n')."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: useradd.8.xml:416(filename)
++msgid "/etc/default/useradd"
++msgstr "/etc/default/useradd"
++
++#: useradd.8.xml:418(para)
++msgid "Default values for account creation."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: useradd.8.xml:422(filename)
++msgid "/etc/skel/"
++msgstr "/etc/skel/"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: useradd.8.xml:424(para)
++msgid "Directory containing default files."
++msgstr "Directory contenente i file predefiniti."
++
++# type: IP
++#: useradd.8.xml:460(replaceable) shadow.3.xml:6(manvolnum)
++#: pwck.8.xml:209(replaceable) passwd.1.xml:363(replaceable)
++#: grpck.8.xml:152(replaceable) groupmod.8.xml:124(replaceable)
++#: groupadd.8.xml:171(replaceable)
++msgid "3"
++msgstr "3"
++
++#: useradd.8.xml:462(para) passwd.1.xml:383(para) groupmod.8.xml:126(para)
++#: groupadd.8.xml:173(para)
++msgid "invalid argument to option"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: IP
++#: useradd.8.xml:466(replaceable) pwck.8.xml:215(replaceable)
++#: passwd.1.xml:369(replaceable) grpck.8.xml:158(replaceable)
++#: groupmod.8.xml:130(replaceable) groupadd.8.xml:177(replaceable)
++msgid "4"
++msgstr "4"
++
++#: useradd.8.xml:468(para)
++msgid "UID already in use (and no <option>-o</option>)"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: useradd.8.xml:474(para) groupmod.8.xml:132(para) groupmod.8.xml:138(para)
++msgid "specified group doesn't exist"
++msgstr "il gruppo specificato non esiste"
++
++#: useradd.8.xml:478(replaceable) groupmod.8.xml:142(replaceable)
++#: groupadd.8.xml:183(replaceable)
++msgid "9"
++msgstr "9"
++
++#: useradd.8.xml:480(para)
++msgid "username already in use"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: useradd.8.xml:492(para)
++msgid "can't create home directory"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: IP
++#: useradd.8.xml:496(replaceable)
++msgid "13"
++msgstr "13"
++
++#: useradd.8.xml:498(para)
++msgid "can't create mail spool"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: TP
++#: useradd.8.xml:438(para)
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"The <command>useradd</command> command exits with the following values: "
++"<placeholder-1/>"
++msgstr ""
++"#-#-#-#-# it.po (shadow 4.0.3) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Il comando <command>grpck</command> esce con i seguenti valori:\n"
++"#-#-#-#-# grpck.8.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Il comando <command>grpck</command> restituisce i seguenti valori:"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: useradd.8.xml:507(para)
++msgid ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chsh</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>crypt</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>groupadd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>groupdel</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>groupmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>login.defs</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>newusers</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>userdel</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>usermod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++msgstr ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chsh</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>crypt</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>groupadd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>groupdel</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>groupmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>login.defs</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>newusers</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>userdel</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>usermod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++
++#: suauth.5.xml:5(refentrytitle) suauth.5.xml:10(refname)
++msgid "suauth"
++msgstr "suauth"
++
++# type: IP
++#: suauth.5.xml:6(manvolnum) shadow.5.xml:6(manvolnum)
++#: pwck.8.xml:221(replaceable) porttime.5.xml:6(manvolnum)
++#: passwd.5.xml:6(manvolnum) passwd.1.xml:375(replaceable)
++#: login.defs.5.xml:6(manvolnum) login.access.5.xml:6(manvolnum)
++#: limits.5.xml:6(manvolnum) gshadow.5.xml:6(manvolnum)
++#: grpck.8.xml:164(replaceable) faillog.5.xml:6(manvolnum)
++msgid "5"
++msgstr "5"
++
++#: suauth.5.xml:7(refmiscinfo) shadow.5.xml:7(refmiscinfo)
++#: porttime.5.xml:7(refmiscinfo) passwd.5.xml:7(refmiscinfo)
++#: login.defs.5.xml:7(refmiscinfo) login.access.5.xml:7(refmiscinfo)
++#: limits.5.xml:7(refmiscinfo) gshadow.5.xml:7(refmiscinfo)
++#: faillog.5.xml:7(refmiscinfo)
++msgid "File Formats and Conversions"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: suauth.5.xml:11(refpurpose)
++msgid "detailed su control file"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: suauth.5.xml:16(command) suauth.5.xml:142(filename)
++msgid "/etc/suauth"
++msgstr "/etc/suauth"
++
++#: suauth.5.xml:22(para)
++msgid ""
++"The file <filename>/etc/suauth</filename> is referenced whenever the su "
++"command is called. It can change the behaviour of the su command, based upon:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#. .RS
++#: suauth.5.xml:29(literallayout)
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"\n"
++" 1) the user su is targetting\n"
++" "
++msgstr ""
++
++#. .fi
++#: suauth.5.xml:33(para)
++msgid ""
++"2) the user executing the su command (or any groups he might be a member of)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: suauth.5.xml:38(para)
++msgid ""
++"The file is formatted like this, with lines starting with a # being treated "
++"as comment lines and ignored;"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: suauth.5.xml:43(literallayout)
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"\n"
++" to-id:from-id:ACTION\n"
++" "
++msgstr ""
++
++#: suauth.5.xml:47(para)
++msgid ""
++"Where to-id is either the word <emphasis>ALL</emphasis>, a list of usernames "
++"delimited by \",\" or the words <emphasis>ALL EXCEPT</emphasis> followed by "
++"a list of usernames delimited by \",\""
++msgstr ""
++
++#: suauth.5.xml:53(para)
++msgid ""
++"from-id is formatted the same as to-id except the extra word "
++"<emphasis>GROUP</emphasis> is recognised. <emphasis>ALL EXCEPT GROUP</"
++"emphasis> is perfectly valid too. Following <emphasis>GROUP</emphasis> "
++"appears one or more group names, delimited by \",\". It is not sufficient to "
++"have primary group id of the relevant group, an entry in "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>/etc/group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry> is neccessary."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: suauth.5.xml:64(para)
++msgid "Action can be one only of the following currently supported options."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: suauth.5.xml:70(emphasis)
++msgid "DENY"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: suauth.5.xml:73(para)
++msgid "The attempt to su is stopped before a password is even asked for."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: SH
++#: suauth.5.xml:80(emphasis)
++msgid "NOPASS"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: suauth.5.xml:83(para)
++msgid ""
++"The attempt to su is automatically successful; no password is asked for."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: TH
++#: suauth.5.xml:91(emphasis)
++msgid "OWNPASS"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: suauth.5.xml:94(para)
++msgid ""
++"For the su command to be successful, the user must enter his or her own "
++"password. They are told this."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: suauth.5.xml:102(para)
++msgid ""
++"Note there are three separate fields delimited by a colon. No whitespace "
++"must surround this colon. Also note that the file is examined sequentially "
++"line by line, and the first applicable rule is used without examining the "
++"file further. This makes it possible for a system administrator to exercise "
++"as fine control as he or she wishes."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: SH
++#: suauth.5.xml:112(title)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid "EXAMPLES"
++msgid "EXAMPLE"
++msgstr "ESEMPI"
++
++#: suauth.5.xml:113(literallayout)
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"\n"
++" # sample /etc/suauth file\n"
++" #\n"
++" # A couple of privileged usernames may\n"
++" # su to root with their own password.\n"
++" #\n"
++" root:chris,birddog:OWNPASS\n"
++" #\n"
++" # Anyone else may not su to root unless in\n"
++" # group wheel. This is how BSD does things.\n"
++" #\n"
++" root:ALL EXCEPT GROUP wheel:DENY\n"
++" #\n"
++" # Perhaps terry and birddog are accounts\n"
++" # owned by the same person.\n"
++" # Access can be arranged between them\n"
++" # with no password.\n"
++" #\n"
++" terry:birddog:NOPASS\n"
++" birddog:terry:NOPASS\n"
++" #\n"
++" "
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: SH
++#: suauth.5.xml:149(title) pwconv.8.xml:98(title) login.defs.5.xml:239(title)
++msgid "BUGS"
++msgstr "PROBLEMI"
++
++#: suauth.5.xml:150(para)
++msgid ""
++"There could be plenty lurking. The file parser is particularly unforgiving "
++"about syntax errors, expecting no spurious whitespace (apart from beginning "
++"and end of lines), and a specific token delimiting different things."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: SH
++#: suauth.5.xml:159(title) shadow.3.xml:154(title)
++msgid "DIAGNOSTICS"
++msgstr "DIAGNOSTICA"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: suauth.5.xml:160(para)
++msgid ""
++"An error parsing the file is reported using "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslogd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry> as level ERR on facility AUTH."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: suauth.5.xml:169(para)
++msgid ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>."
++msgstr ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>."
++
++#: su.1.xml:5(refentrytitle) su.1.xml:10(refname) su.1.xml:15(command)
++msgid "su"
++msgstr "su"
++
++#: su.1.xml:7(refmiscinfo) sg.1.xml:7(refmiscinfo) passwd.1.xml:7(refmiscinfo)
++#: newgrp.1.xml:7(refmiscinfo) login.1.xml:7(refmiscinfo)
++#: groups.1.xml:7(refmiscinfo) gpasswd.1.xml:7(refmiscinfo)
++#: expiry.1.xml:7(refmiscinfo) chsh.1.xml:7(refmiscinfo)
++#: chfn.1.xml:7(refmiscinfo) chage.1.xml:7(refmiscinfo)
++msgid "User Commands"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: su.1.xml:11(refpurpose)
++msgid "change user ID or become super-user"
++msgstr "cambia ID utente o diventa amministratore"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: su.1.xml:29(para)
++msgid ""
++"<command>su</command> is used to become another user during a login session. "
++"Invoked without a <option>username</option>, <command>su</command> defaults "
++"to becoming the super user. The optional argument <option>-</option> may be "
++"used to provide an environment similar to what the user would expect had the "
++"user logged in directly."
++msgstr ""
++"<command>su</command> permette di diventare un altro utente durante una "
++"sessione di login. Se nessun <option>nome</option> utente viene specificato, <command>su</"
++"command> acquisice i privilegi di amministratore. L'opzione <option>-</"
++"option> può essere usata per fornire un ambiente simile a quello che "
++"l'utente troverebbe se effettuasse il login direttamente."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: su.1.xml:38(para)
++msgid ""
++"Additional arguments may be provided after the username, in which case they "
++"are supplied to the user's login shell. In particular, an argument of "
++"<option>-c</option> will cause the next argument to be treated as a command "
++"by most command interpreters. The command will be executed by the shell "
++"specified in <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> for the target user."
++msgstr ""
++"Dopo il nome utente, è possibile specificare argomenti aggiuntivi da passare "
++"alla shell di login dell'utente. In particolare, molti interpreti di comando "
++"adottano la convenzione per cui l'opzione <option>-c</option> seguita da un "
++"argomento fa sì che quest'ultimo sia considerato un comando.Il comando viene "
++"eseguito dalla shell specificata in <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> per "
++"l'utente di destinazione."
++
++#: su.1.xml:47(para)
++msgid ""
++"You can use the <option>--</option> argument to separate <command>su</"
++"command> options from the arguments supplied to the shell."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: su.1.xml:52(para)
++msgid ""
++"The user will be prompted for a password, if appropriate. Invalid passwords "
++"will produce an error message. All attempts, both valid and invalid, are "
++"logged to detect abuse of the system."
++msgstr ""
++"All'utente viene quindi chiesta la password, se necessario. Una password "
++"errata viene segnalata da un messaggio d'errore. Viene effettuato il log di "
++"tutti i tentativi, siano essi riusciti o meno, al fine di rilevare ogni "
++"abuso del sistema."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: su.1.xml:57(para)
++msgid ""
++"The current environment is passed to the new shell. The value of <envar>"
++"$PATH</envar> is reset to <filename>/bin:/usr/bin</filename> for normal "
++"users, or <filename>/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin</filename> for the super "
++"user. This may be changed with the <emphasis>ENV_PATH</emphasis> and "
++"<emphasis>ENV_SUPATH</emphasis> definitions in <filename>/etc/login.defs</"
++"filename>."
++msgstr ""
++"Le variabili d'ambiente in uso vengono passate alla nuova shell, eccetto il "
++"valore di <envar>$PATH</envar> che viene impostato a <filename>/bin:/usr/bin</filename> per "
++"gli utenti qualsiasi e a <filename>/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin</filename> per "
++"l'amministratore. Questa impostazione è controllata dalle definizioni "
++"<emphasis>ENV_PATH</emphasis> ed <emphasis>ENV_SUPATH</emphasis> in "
++"<filename>/etc/login.defs</filename>."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: su.1.xml:66(para) login.1.xml:97(para)
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"A subsystem login is indicated by the presence of a \"*\" as the first "
++"character of the login shell. The given home directory will be used as the "
++"root of a new file system which the user is actually logged into."
++msgstr ""
++"#-#-#-#-# it.po (shadow 4.0.3) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Un sottosistema di login è indicato dalla presenza del carattere \"*\" all"
++"\\'inizio della shell di login. La directory home impostata sarà utilizzata "
++"come root di un nuovo filesystem al quale l\\'utente accede.\n"
++"#-#-#-#-# login.1.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Un accesso a un sottosistema è indicato dalla presenza del carattere \"*\" "
++"all'inizio della shell di login. La home directory impostata diventa la root "
++"di un nuovo file system al quale l'utente accede."
++
++# type: TP
++#: su.1.xml:75(para)
++msgid "The options which apply to the <command>su</command> command are:"
++msgstr "Il comando <command>su</command> accetta le seguenti opzioni:"
++
++# type: IP
++#: su.1.xml:79(term)
++msgid ""
++"<option>-c</option>, <option>--command</option><replaceable>SHELL</"
++"replaceable>"
++msgstr ""
++"<option>-c</option>, <option>--command</option><replaceable>SHELL</"
++"replaceable>"
++
++#: su.1.xml:84(para)
++msgid ""
++"Specify a command that will be invoked by the shell using its <option>-c</"
++"option>."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: TP
++#: su.1.xml:91(term)
++msgid "<option>-</option>, <option>-l</option>, <option>--login</option>"
++msgstr "<option>-</option>, <option>-l</option>, <option>--login</option>"
++
++#: su.1.xml:95(para)
++msgid ""
++"Provide an environment similar to what the user would expect had the user "
++"logged in directly."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: su.1.xml:99(para)
++msgid ""
++"When <option>-</option> is used, it must be specified as the last "
++"<command>su</command> option. The other forms (<option>-l</option> and "
++"<option>--login</option>) do not have this restriction."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: su.1.xml:113(para)
++msgid "The shell that will be invoked."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: su.1.xml:118(para)
++msgid "The shell specified with --shell"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: su.1.xml:121(para)
++msgid ""
++"If <option>--preserve-environment</option> is used, the shell specified by "
++"the <envar>$SHELL</envar> environment variable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: su.1.xml:128(para)
++msgid ""
++"The shell indicated in the <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> entry for the "
++"target user."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: su.1.xml:134(para)
++msgid ""
++"<filename>/bin/sh</filename> if a shell could not be found by any above "
++"method."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: su.1.xml:114(para)
++msgid ""
++"The invoked shell is choosen among (higest priority first): <placeholder-1/>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: su.1.xml:141(para)
++msgid ""
++"If the target user has a restricted shell (i.e. the shell field of this "
++"user's entry in <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> is not specified in "
++"<filename>/etc/shell</filename>), then the <option>--shell</option> option "
++"or the <envar>$SHELL</envar> environment variable won't be taken into "
++"account unless <command>su</command> is called by the root."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: IP
++#: su.1.xml:152(term)
++msgid ""
++"<option>-m</option>, <option>-p</option>, <option>--preserve-environment</"
++"option>"
++msgstr ""
++"<option>-m</option>, <option>-p</option>, <option>--preserve-environment</"
++"option>"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: su.1.xml:157(para)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid "Preserve environment."
++msgid "Preserve the current environment."
++msgstr "Non modifica l'ambiente."
++
++#: su.1.xml:158(para)
++msgid ""
++"If the target user has a restricted shell, this option has no effect (unless "
++"<command>su</command> is called by root)."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: su.1.xml:169(para)
++msgid ""
++"This version of <command>su</command> has many compilation options, only "
++"some of which may be in use at any particular site."
++msgstr ""
++"Questa versione di <command>su</command> ha molte opzioni di compilazione; "
++"solo una parte di esse potrebbe essere in uso su un determinato sistema."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: su.1.xml:195(para)
++msgid ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>login.defs</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>"
++msgstr ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>login.defs</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>"
++
++#: sg.1.xml:5(refentrytitle) sg.1.xml:10(refname) sg.1.xml:16(command)
++msgid "sg"
++msgstr "sg"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: sg.1.xml:11(refpurpose)
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "execute command as different group ID"
++msgstr ""
++"#-#-#-#-# it.po (shadow 4.0.3) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"sg - esegue un comando con un ID di gruppo diverso\n"
++"#-#-#-#-# newgrp.1.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"sg - esegue un comando con un diverso ID di gruppo"
++
++#: sg.1.xml:17(arg) newgrp.1.xml:16(arg)
++msgid "-"
++msgstr "-"
++
++#: sg.1.xml:19(arg) expiry.1.xml:17(arg)
++msgid "-c"
++msgstr "-c"
++
++#: sg.1.xml:18(arg)
++msgid "group <placeholder-1/> command"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: sg.1.xml:27(para)
++msgid ""
++"The <command>sg</command> command works similar to <command>newgrp</command> "
++"but accepts a command. The command will be executed with the <filename>/bin/"
++"sh</filename> shell. With most shells you may run <command>sg</command> "
++"from, you need to enclose multi-word commands in quotes. Another difference "
++"between <command>newgrp</command> and <command>sg</command> is that some "
++"shells treat <command>newgrp</command> specially, replacing themselves with "
++"a new instance of a shell that <command>newgrp</command> creates. This "
++"doesn't happen with <command>sg</command>, so upon exit from a <command>sg</"
++"command> command you are returned to your previous group ID."
++msgstr ""
++"Il comando <command>sg</command> funziona in maniera analoga a "
++"<command>newgrp</command>, ma accetta un comando che viene eseguito con la "
++"shell B</bin/sh>. La maggior parte delle shell che permettono l'uso di "
++"<command>sg</command> richiede che i comandi composti da più parole siano "
++"inclusi tra apici. Un'altra differenza tra <command>newgrp</command> e "
++"<command>sg</command> è che alcune shell trattano <command>newgrp</command> "
++"in maniera speciale, sostituendo se stesse con la shell creata da "
++"<command>newgrp</command>. Questo non accade con <command>sg</command>, per "
++"cui all'uscita del comando <command>sg</command> si ritorna al precedente ID "
++"di gruppo."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: sg.1.xml:74(para)
++msgid ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>id</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>login</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>newgrp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpasswd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gshadow</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
++msgstr ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>id</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>login</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>newgrp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpasswd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gshadow</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
++
++#: shadow.5.xml:5(refentrytitle) shadow.5.xml:10(refname)
++#: shadow.3.xml:5(refentrytitle) shadow.3.xml:10(refname)
++#: pwck.8.xml:24(replaceable) pwck.8.xml:37(replaceable)
++#: grpck.8.xml:19(replaceable)
++msgid "shadow"
++msgstr "shadow"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: shadow.5.xml:11(refpurpose)
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "encrypted password file"
++msgstr ""
++"#-#-#-#-# it.po (shadow 4.0.3) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"shadow - file crittato delle password\n"
++"#-#-#-#-# shadow.5.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"shadow - file delle password cifrate"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: shadow.5.xml:16(para)
++msgid ""
++"<emphasis remap=\"I\">shadow</emphasis> contains the encrypted password "
++"information for user's accounts and optional the password aging information. "
++"Included is:"
++msgstr ""
++"<emphasis remap=\"I\">shadow</emphasis> contiene le informazioni sulle password cifrate per gli account "
++"degli utenti e, opzionalmente, le informazioni sulla durata delle password. "
++"Sono inclusi:"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: shadow.5.xml:23(para) passwd.5.xml:24(para)
++msgid "login name"
++msgstr "nome di login"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: shadow.5.xml:26(para) gshadow.5.xml:26(para)
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "encrypted password"
++msgstr ""
++"#-#-#-#-# it.po (shadow 4.0.3) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Password crittata\n"
++"#-#-#-#-# shadow.5.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Password cifrata"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: shadow.5.xml:29(para)
++msgid "days since Jan 1, 1970 that password was last changed"
++msgstr ""
++"Giorni a partire dal 1 gennaio 1970 in cui la password è stata cambiata "
++"l'ultima volta"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: shadow.5.xml:32(para)
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "days before password may be changed"
++msgstr ""
++"#-#-#-#-# it.po (shadow 4.0.3) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Giorni prima che la password possa essere modificata\n"
++"#-#-#-#-# shadow.5.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Giorni prima dei quali la password non può essere cambiata"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: shadow.5.xml:35(para)
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "days after which password must be changed"
++msgstr ""
++"#-#-#-#-# it.po (shadow 4.0.3) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Giorni dopo i quali la password deve essere modificata\n"
++"#-#-#-#-# shadow.5.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Giorni dopo i quali la password deve essere cambiata"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: shadow.5.xml:38(para)
++msgid "days before password is to expire that user is warned"
++msgstr ""
++"Giorni prima della scadenza della password in cui l'utente viene avvertito"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: shadow.5.xml:41(para)
++msgid "days after password expires that account is disabled"
++msgstr ""
++"Giorni dopo la scadenza della password in cui l'account viene disabilitato"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: shadow.5.xml:44(para)
++msgid "days since Jan 1, 1970 that account is disabled"
++msgstr ""
++"Giorni a partire dal 1 gennaio 1970 dopo i quali l'account viene disabilitato"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: shadow.5.xml:47(para)
++msgid "a reserved field"
++msgstr "Campo riservato"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: shadow.5.xml:51(para)
++msgid ""
++"The password field must be filled. The encrypted password consists of 13 to "
++"24 characters from the 64 character alphabet a thru z, A thru Z, 0 thru 9, "
++"\\. and /. Optionally it can start with a \"$\" character. This means the "
++"encrypted password was generated using another (not DES) algorithm. For "
++"example if it starts with \"$1$\" it means the MD5-based algorithm was used."
++msgstr ""
++"Il campo password non può essere vuoto. La password cifrata è composta da un "
++"numero compreso tra 13 a 24 di caratteri scelti da un alfabeto di 64 "
++"caratteri: da a fino a z, da A a Z, da 0 a 9, . e /. Facoltativamente, la "
++"password può iniziare con il carattere \"$\"; questo sta a indicare che la "
++"password cifrata è stata generata usando un algoritmo diverso da DES. Ad "
++"esempio, \"$1$\" significa che è stato usato un algoritmo basato su MD5."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: shadow.5.xml:60(para)
++msgid ""
++"Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>crypt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry> for details on how this string is interpreted."
++msgstr ""
++"Fare riferimento a <citerefentry><refentrytitle>crypt</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> per dettagli sul modo "
++"in cui questa stringa viene interpretata."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: shadow.5.xml:68(para)
++msgid ""
++"If the password field contains some string that is not valid result of "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>crypt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, for instance ! or *, the user will not be able to use a unix "
++"password to log in, subject to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pam</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: shadow.5.xml:77(para)
++msgid ""
++"The date of the last password change is given as the number of days since "
++"Jan 1, 1970. The password may not be changed again until the proper number "
++"of days have passed, and must be changed after the maximum number of days. "
++"If the minimum number of days required is greater than the maximum number of "
++"day allowed, this password may not be changed by the user."
++msgstr ""
++"La data dell'ultimo cambio della password è espressa come il numero di "
++"giorni trascorsi dal 1 gennaio 1970. La passowrd non può essere cambiata "
++"nuovamente prima che sia passato il numero di giorni previsti, ma deve "
++"obbligatoriamente essere cambiata dopo il massimo numero di giorni. Se il "
++"numero minimo di giorni richiesti è superiore al numero massimo di giorni "
++"concessi, all'utente non è permesso cambiare la password."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: shadow.5.xml:86(para)
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"An account is considered to be inactive and is disabled if the password is "
++"not changed within the specified number of days after the password expires. "
++"An account will also be disabled on the specified day regardless of other "
++"password expiration information."
++msgstr ""
++"#-#-#-#-# it.po (shadow 4.0.3) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Un account viene considerato inattivo e viene disabilitato se la password "
++"non viene modificata entro il numero di giorni specificato dopo la scadenza "
++"della password. Un account sarà anche disabilitato il giorno specificato "
++"senza tener conto di altre informazioni sulla scadenza della password.\n"
++"#-#-#-#-# shadow.5.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Un account viene considerato inattivo e viene disabilitato se, dopo la "
++"scadenza, la password non viene cambiata entro il numero di giorni "
++"specificato. Inoltre, un account viene disabilitato il giorno specificato, "
++"senza tener conto di altre informazioni sulla scadenza della password."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: shadow.5.xml:93(para)
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"This information supersedes any password or password age information present "
++"in <filename>/etc/passwd</filename>."
++msgstr ""
++"#-#-#-#-# it.po (shadow 4.0.3) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Questa informazione ha la precedenza nei confronti di qualunque informazione "
++"sulla password o sulla scadenza della password presente in <filename>/etc/"
++"passwd</filename>.\n"
++"#-#-#-#-# shadow.5.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Queste informazioni hanno la precedenza su qualunque informazione sulle "
++"password o sulla loro durata presente in <filename>/etc/passwd</filename>."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: shadow.5.xml:98(para) gshadow.5.xml:54(para)
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"This file must not be readable by regular users if password security is to "
++"be maintained."
++msgstr ""
++"#-#-#-#-# it.po (shadow 4.0.3) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Questo file non deve essere leggibile dagli utenti normali se si vuole "
++"mantenere la sicurezza sulle password.\n"
++"#-#-#-#-# shadow.5.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Questo file non deve essere leggibile dagli utenti se si vuole mantenere la "
++"sicurezza delle password."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: shadow.5.xml:124(para)
++msgid ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chage</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>login</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pwconv</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pwunconv</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sulogin</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++msgstr ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chage</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>login</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pwconv</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pwunconv</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sulogin</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++
++#: shadow.3.xml:7(refmiscinfo)
++msgid "Library Calls"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: shadow.3.xml:11(refname)
++msgid "getspnam"
++msgstr "getspnam"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: shadow.3.xml:12(refpurpose)
++msgid "encrypted password file routines"
++msgstr "gestione del file delle password cifrate"
++
++# type: SH
++#: shadow.3.xml:16(title)
++msgid "SYNTAX"
++msgstr "SINTASSI"
++
++#: shadow.3.xml:18(emphasis)
++msgid "#include <shadow.h>"
++msgstr "#include <shadow.h>"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: shadow.3.xml:22(emphasis)
++msgid "struct spwd *getspent();"
++msgstr "struct spwd *getspent();"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: shadow.3.xml:26(emphasis)
++msgid "struct spwd *getspnam(char"
++msgstr "struct spwd *getspnam(char"
++
++#: shadow.3.xml:27(emphasis)
++msgid "*name"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: shadow.3.xml:27(emphasis) shadow.3.xml:40(emphasis)
++#: shadow.3.xml:45(emphasis) shadow.3.xml:51(emphasis)
++msgid ");"
++msgstr ");"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: shadow.3.xml:31(emphasis)
++msgid "void setspent();"
++msgstr "void setspent();"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: shadow.3.xml:35(emphasis)
++msgid "void endspent();"
++msgstr "void endspent();"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: shadow.3.xml:39(emphasis)
++msgid "struct spwd *fgetspent(FILE"
++msgstr "struct spwd *fgetspent(FILE"
++
++#: shadow.3.xml:40(emphasis) shadow.3.xml:51(emphasis)
++msgid "*fp"
++msgstr "*fp"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: shadow.3.xml:44(emphasis)
++msgid "struct spwd *sgetspent(char"
++msgstr "struct spwd *sgetspent(char"
++
++#: shadow.3.xml:45(emphasis)
++msgid "*cp"
++msgstr "*cp"
++
++#: shadow.3.xml:49(emphasis)
++msgid "int putspent(struct spwd"
++msgstr "int putspent(struct spwd"
++
++#: shadow.3.xml:50(emphasis)
++msgid "*p,"
++msgstr "*p,"
++
++# type: SH
++#: shadow.3.xml:50(emphasis)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid "FILES"
++msgid "FILE"
++msgstr "FILE"
++
++#: shadow.3.xml:55(emphasis)
++msgid "int lckpwdf();"
++msgstr "int lckpwdf();"
++
++#: shadow.3.xml:59(emphasis)
++msgid "int ulckpwdf();"
++msgstr "int ulckpwdf();"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: shadow.3.xml:65(para)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid ""
++#| "I<shadow> manipulates the contents of the shadow password file, "
++#| "<filename>/etc/shadow</filename>. The structure in the I<#include> file "
++#| "is"
++msgid ""
++"<emphasis remap=\"I\">shadow</emphasis> manipulates the contents of the "
++"shadow password file, <filename>/etc/shadow</filename>. The structure in the "
++"<emphasis remap=\"I\">#include</emphasis> file is:"
++msgstr ""
++"I<shadow> manipola il contenuto del file delle shadow password, <filename>/"
++"etc/shadow</filename>. La struttura nel file I<#include> è la seguente:"
++
++#: shadow.3.xml:70(programlisting)
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"struct spwd {\n"
++" char\t\t*sp_namp; /* user login name */\n"
++" char\t\t*sp_pwdp; /* encrypted password */\n"
++" long int\t\tsp_lstchg; /* last password change */\n"
++" long int\t\tsp_min; /* days until change allowed. */\n"
++" long int\t\tsp_max; /* days before change required */\n"
++" long int\t\tsp_warn; /* days warning for expiration */\n"
++" long int\t\tsp_inact; /* days before account inactive */\n"
++" long int\t\tsp_expire; /* date when account expires */\n"
++" unsigned long int\tsp_flag; /* reserved for future use */\n"
++"}\n"
++" "
++msgstr ""
++"struct spwd {\n"
++" char\t\t*sp_namp; /* login dell'utente */"
++" char\t\t*sp_pwdp; /* password cifrata */"
++" long int\t\tsp_lstchg; /* ultimo cambio della password */"
++" long int\t\tsp_min; /* giorni minimi tra i cambi */"
++" long int\t\tsp_max; /* giorni massimi tra i cambi */"
++" long int\t\tsp_warn; /* giorni di preavviso */"
++" long int\t\tsp_inact; /* giorni di inattività */"
++" long int\t\tsp_expire; /* data di scadenza dell'account */"
++" unsigned long int\tsp_flag; /* riservato per uso futuro */"
++"}\n"
++" "
++
++
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: shadow.3.xml:82(para)
++msgid "The meanings of each field are:"
++msgstr "Ciascun campo significa:"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: shadow.3.xml:85(para)
++msgid "sp_namp - pointer to null-terminated user name"
++msgstr ""
++"sp_namp - puntatore a una stringa null-terminated che contiene il nome "
++"utente."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: shadow.3.xml:88(para)
++msgid "sp_pwdp - pointer to null-terminated password"
++msgstr ""
++"sp_pwdp - puntatore a una stringa null-terminated che contiene la password."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: shadow.3.xml:91(para)
++msgid "sp_lstchg - days since Jan 1, 1970 password was last changed"
++msgstr ""
++"sp_lstchg - giorni a partire dal 1 gennaio 1970 in cui la password è stata "
++"cambiata l'ultima volta."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: shadow.3.xml:94(para)
++msgid "sp_min - days before which password may not be changed"
++msgstr "sp_min - giorni prima dei quali la password non può essere cambiata."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: shadow.3.xml:97(para)
++msgid "sp_max - days after which password must be changed"
++msgstr "sp_max - giorni dopo i quali la password deve essere cambiata."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: shadow.3.xml:100(para)
++msgid ""
++"sp_warn - days before password is to expire that user is warned of pending "
++"password expiration"
++msgstr ""
++"sp_warn - giorni prima della scadenza della password in cui l'utente viene "
++"avvertito."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: shadow.3.xml:105(para)
++msgid ""
++"sp_inact - days after password expires that account is considered inactive "
++"and disabled"
++msgstr ""
++"sp_inact - giorni dopo la scadenza della password in cui l'account viene "
++"considerato inattivo e disabilitato."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: shadow.3.xml:110(para)
++msgid "sp_expire - days since Jan 1, 1970 when account will be disabled"
++msgstr ""
++"sp_expire - giorni a partire dal 1 gennaio 1970 dopo i quali l'account viene "
++"disabilitato."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: shadow.3.xml:113(para)
++msgid "sp_flag - reserved for future use"
++msgstr "sp_flag - riservato per uso futuro."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: shadow.3.xml:121(para)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid ""
++#| "<emphasis>getspent</emphasis>, <emphasis>getspname</emphasis>, "
++#| "<emphasis>fgetspent</emphasis>, and <emphasis>sgetspent</emphasis> each "
++#| "return a pointer to a <emphasis>struct spwd</emphasis>. "
++#| "<emphasis>getspent</emphasis> returns the next entry from the file, and "
++#| "<emphasis>fgetspent</emphasis> returns the next entry from the given "
++#| "stream, which is assumed to be a file of the proper format. "
++#| "<emphasis>sgetspent</emphasis> returns a pointer to a <emphasis>struct "
++#| "spwd</emphasis> using the provided string as input. <emphasis>getspnam</"
++#| "emphasis> searches from the current position in the file for an entry "
++#| "matching <emphasis>name</emphasis>."
++msgid ""
++"<emphasis>getspent</emphasis>, <emphasis>getspname</emphasis>, "
++"<emphasis>fgetspent</emphasis>, and <emphasis>sgetspent</emphasis> each "
++"return a pointer to a <emphasis>struct spwd</emphasis>. <emphasis>getspent</"
++"emphasis> returns the next entry from the file, and <emphasis>fgetspent</"
++"emphasis> returns the next entry from the given stream, which is assumed to "
++"be a file of the proper format. <emphasis>sgetspent</emphasis> returns a "
++"pointer to a <emphasis>struct spwd</emphasis> using the provided string as "
++"input. <emphasis>getspnam</emphasis> searches from the current position in "
++"the file for an entry matching <emphasis>name</emphasis>."
++msgstr ""
++"<emphasis>getspent</emphasis>, <emphasis>getspname</emphasis>, "
++"<emphasis>fgetspent</emphasis> e <emphasis>sgetspent</emphasis> "
++"restituiscono un puntatore a uno <emphasis>struct spwd</emphasis>. "
++"<emphasis>getspent</emphasis> restituisce la voce successiva nel file, "
++"<emphasis>fgetspent</emphasis> la voce successiva nello stream specificato, "
++"che si suppone sia un file nel formato corretto. <emphasis>sgetspent</"
++"emphasis> restituisce un puntatore a uno <emphasis>struct spwd</emphasis> "
++"usando come input la stringa fornita. <emphasis>getspnam</emphasis> cerca "
++"una voce che corrisponde a <emphasis>name</emphasis> partendo dalla "
++"posizione corrente nel file."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: shadow.3.xml:134(para)
++msgid ""
++"<emphasis>setspent</emphasis> and <emphasis>endspent</emphasis> may be used "
++"to begin and end, respectively, access to the shadow password file."
++msgstr ""
++"<emphasis>setspent</emphasis> e <emphasis>endspent</emphasis> sono usate rispettivamente per iniziare e "
++"terminare l'accesso al file delle shadow password."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: shadow.3.xml:140(para)
++msgid ""
++"The <emphasis>lckpwdf</emphasis> and <emphasis>ulckpwdf</emphasis> routines "
++"should be used to insure exclusive access to the <filename>/etc/shadow</"
++"filename> file. <emphasis>lckpwdf</emphasis> attempts to acquire a lock "
++"using <emphasis>pw_lock</emphasis> for up to 15 seconds. It continues by "
++"attempting to acquire a second lock using <emphasis>spw_lock</emphasis> for "
++"the remainder of the initial 15 seconds. Should either attempt fail after a "
++"total of 15 seconds, <emphasis>lckpwdf</emphasis> returns -1. When both "
++"locks are acquired 0 is returned."
++msgstr ""
++"Le funzioni <emphasis>lckpwdf</emphasis> e <emphasis>ulckpwdf</emphasis> si "
++"usano per garantire l'accesso esclusivo al file <filename>/etc/shadow</"
++"filename>. <emphasis>lckpwdf</emphasis> prova ad acquisire il lock tramite "
++"<emphasis>pw_lock</emphasis> per un massimo di 15 secondi, dopodiché tenta "
++"di ottenere un secondo lock usando <emphasis>spw_lock</emphasis> per il "
++"tempo che rimane dei 15 secondi iniziali. Se anche uno solo dei due "
++"tentativi fallisce dopo un totale di 15 secondi, <emphasis>lckpwdf</"
++"emphasis> restituisce -1, mentre restituisce 0 se riesce ad acquisire "
++"entrambi i lock."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: shadow.3.xml:155(para)
++msgid ""
++"Routines return NULL if no more entries are available or if an error occurs "
++"during processing. Routines which have <emphasis>int</emphasis> as the "
++"return value return 0 for success and -1 for failure."
++msgstr ""
++"Le funzioni restituiscono NULL se non ci sono altre voci disponibili o se si "
++"verifica un errore durante l'elaborazione. Le funzioni di tipo "
++"<emphasis>int</emphasis> restituiscono 0 in caso di successo e -1 in caso di "
++"errore."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: shadow.3.xml:165(para)
++msgid ""
++"These routines may only be used by the super user as access to the shadow "
++"password file is restricted."
++msgstr ""
++"Queste funzioni possono essere usate solo dall'amministratore, perché "
++"l'accesso al file delle shadow password è riservato."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: shadow.3.xml:185(para)
++msgid ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>getpwent</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>shadow</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++msgstr ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>getpwent</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>shadow</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++
++#: pwconv.8.xml:5(refentrytitle) pwconv.8.xml:10(refname)
++#: pwconv.8.xml:19(command) login.defs.5.xml:204(term)
++msgid "pwconv"
++msgstr "pwconv"
++
++#: pwconv.8.xml:11(refname) pwconv.8.xml:22(command)
++msgid "pwunconv"
++msgstr "pwunconv"
++
++#: pwconv.8.xml:12(refname) pwconv.8.xml:25(command)
++msgid "grpconv"
++msgstr "grpconv"
++
++#: pwconv.8.xml:13(refname) pwconv.8.xml:28(command)
++msgid "grpunconv"
++msgstr "grpunconv"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: pwconv.8.xml:14(refpurpose)
++msgid "convert to and from shadow passwords and groups"
++msgstr ""
++"convertono a e da password e gruppi "
++"shadow."
++
++#: pwconv.8.xml:34(para)
++msgid ""
++"<command>pwconv</command> creates <emphasis remap=\"I\">shadow</emphasis> "
++"from <emphasis remap=\"I\">passwd</emphasis> and an optionally existing "
++"<emphasis remap=\"I\">shadow</emphasis>."
++msgstr ""
++"<command>pwconv</command> crea <emphasis remap=\"I\">shadow</emphasis> da <emphasis remap=\"I\">passwd</emphasis> e, in modo "
++"opzionale, da un preesistente <emphasis remap=\"I\">shadow</emphasis>."
++
++#: pwconv.8.xml:40(para)
++msgid ""
++"<command>pwunconv</command> creates <emphasis remap=\"I\">passwd</emphasis> "
++"from <emphasis remap=\"I\">passwd</emphasis> and <emphasis remap=\"I"
++"\">shadow</emphasis> and then removes <emphasis remap=\"I\">shadow</"
++"emphasis>."
++msgstr ""
++"<command>pwunconv</command> creates "
++"<emphasis remap=\"I\">passwd</emphasis> from <emphasis remap=\"I\">passwd</emphasis> and <emphasis remap=\"I\">shadow</emphasis> and then removes <emphasis remap=\"I\">shadow</emphasis>."
++
++#: pwconv.8.xml:47(para)
++msgid ""
++"<command>grpconv</command> creates <emphasis remap=\"I\">gshadow</emphasis> "
++"from <emphasis remap=\"I\">group</emphasis> and an optionally existing "
++"<emphasis remap=\"I\">gshadow</emphasis>."
++msgstr ""
++"<command>grpconv</command> crea <emphasis remap=\"I\">gshadow</emphasis> da <emphasis remap=\"I\">group</emphasis> e, in modo "
++"opzionale, da un preesistente <emphasis remap=\"I\">gshadow</emphasis>."
++
++
++#: pwconv.8.xml:53(para)
++msgid ""
++"<command>grpunconv</command> creates <emphasis remap=\"I\">group</emphasis> "
++"from <emphasis remap=\"I\">group</emphasis> and <emphasis remap=\"I"
++"\">gshadow</emphasis> and then removes <emphasis remap=\"I\">gshadow</"
++"emphasis>."
++msgstr ""
++"<command>grpunconv</command> "
++"crea <emphasis remap=\"I\">group</emphasis> da <emphasis remap=\"I\">group</emphasis> e <emphasis remap=\"I\">gshadow</emphasis> e quindi rimuove <emphasis remap=\"I\">gshadow</emphasis>."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: pwconv.8.xml:60(para)
++msgid ""
++"These four programs all operate on the normal and shadow password and group "
++"files: <filename>/etc/passwd</filename>, <filename>/etc/group</filename>, "
++"<filename>/etc/shadow</filename>, and <filename>/etc/gshadow</filename>."
++msgstr ""
++"Questi quattro programmi agiscono tutti sui file normali e oscurati "
++"(shadow) delle password e dei gruppi: <filename>/etc/passwd</filename>, "
++"<filename>/etc/group</filename>, <filename>/etc/shadow</filename> e "
++"<filename>/etc/gshadow</filename>."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: pwconv.8.xml:67(para)
++msgid ""
++"Each program acquires the necessary locks before conversion. "
++"<command>pwconv</command> and <command>grpconv</command> are similar. First, "
++"entries in the shadowed file which don't exist in the main file are removed. "
++"Then, shadowed entries which don't have `x' as the password in the main file "
++"are updated. Any missing shadowed entries are added. Finally, passwords in "
++"the main file are replaced with `x'. These programs can be used for initial "
++"conversion as well to update the shadowed file if the main file is edited by "
++"hand."
++msgstr ""
++"Ciascun programma, prima della conversione, acquisisce i lock necessari. "
++"<command>pwconv</command> e <command>grpconv</command> sono simili. Per "
++"prima cosa vengono rimosse le voci nel file oscurato che non esistono nel "
++"file principale. Quindi vengono aggiornate le voci oscurate che non hanno "
++"`x' come password nel file principale. Vengono aggiunte le eventuali voci "
++"oscurate mancanti. Infine, le password nel file principale vengono "
++"sostituite con `x'. Questi programmi possono essere usati per le "
++"conversioni iniziali così come per aggiornare il file oscurato se il file "
++"principale viene editato a mano."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: pwconv.8.xml:78(para)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid ""
++#| "<command>pwconv</command> will use the values of B<PASS_MIN_DAYS>, "
++#| "B<PASS_MAX_DAYS>, and B<PASS_WARN_AGE> from <filename>/etc/login.defs</"
++#| "filename> when adding new entries to <filename>/etc/shadow</filename>."
++msgid ""
++"<command>pwconv</command> will use the values of <emphasis remap=\"I"
++"\">PASS_MIN_DAYS</emphasis>, <emphasis remap=\"I\">PASS_MAX_DAYS</emphasis>, "
++"and <emphasis remap=\"I\">PASS_WARN_AGE</emphasis> from <filename>/etc/login."
++"defs</filename> when adding new entries to <filename>/etc/shadow</filename>."
++msgstr ""
++"<command>pwconv</command> userà i valori di B<PASS_MIN_DAYS>, "
++"B<PASS_MAX_DAYS> e B<PASS_WARN_AGE> da <filename>/etc/login.defs</filename> "
++"quando si aggiungono nuove voci a <filename>/etc/shadow</filename>."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: pwconv.8.xml:87(para)
++msgid ""
++"Likewise <command>pwunconv</command> and <command>grpunconv</command> are "
++"similar. Passwords in the main file are updated from the shadowed file. "
++"Entries which exist in the main file but not in the shadowed file are left "
++"alone. Finally, the shadowed file is removed. Some password aging "
++"information is lost by <command>pwunconv</command>. It will convert what it "
++"can."
++msgstr ""
++"Analogamente, <command>pwunconv</command> e <command>grpunconv</command> "
++"sono simili. Le password nel file principale vengono aggiornate dal file "
++"oscurato. Voci che esistono nel file principale ma non nel file oscurato "
++"vengono lasciate stare. Infine, viene rimosso il file oscurato."
++"Alcune informazioni sull'invecchiamento delle password vengono perse da "
++"<command>pwunconv</command>. Convertirà solo quello che potrà."
++
++#: pwconv.8.xml:99(para)
++msgid ""
++"Errors in the password or group files (such as invalid or duplicate entries) "
++"may cause these programs to loop forever or fail in other strange ways. "
++"Please run <command>pwck</command> and <command>grpck</command> to correct "
++"any such errors before converting to or from shadow passwords or groups."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: pwconv.8.xml:122(para)
++msgid ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>grpck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>login.defs</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pwck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>."
++msgstr ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>grpck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>login.defs</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pwck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>."
++
++#: pwck.8.xml:5(refentrytitle) pwck.8.xml:10(refname) pwck.8.xml:16(command)
++#: pwck.8.xml:29(command)
++msgid "pwck"
++msgstr "pwck"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: pwck.8.xml:11(refpurpose)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid "pwck - verify integrity of password files"
++msgid "verify integrity of password files"
++msgstr "verifica l'integrità dei file delle password"
++
++#: pwck.8.xml:17(arg) pwck.8.xml:30(arg) pwck.8.xml:103(option)
++msgid "-q"
++msgstr "-q"
++
++#: pwck.8.xml:18(arg) pwck.8.xml:124(option)
++msgid "-s"
++msgstr "-s"
++
++#: pwck.8.xml:21(replaceable) pwck.8.xml:34(replaceable)
++#: passwd.5.xml:5(refentrytitle) passwd.5.xml:10(refname)
++#: passwd.1.xml:5(refentrytitle) passwd.1.xml:10(refname)
++#: passwd.1.xml:16(command)
++msgid "passwd"
++msgstr "passwd"
++
++#: pwck.8.xml:31(arg) pwck.8.xml:114(option) login.1.xml:148(option)
++#: grpck.8.xml:16(arg)
++msgid "-r"
++msgstr "-r"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: pwck.8.xml:45(para)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid ""
++#| "<command>pwck</command> verifies the integrity of the system "
++#| "authentication information. All entries in the <filename>/etc/passwd</"
++#| "filename> and <filename>/etc/shadow</filename> are checked to see that "
++#| "the entry has the proper format and valid data in each field. The user "
++#| "is prompted to delete entries that are improperly formatted or which have "
++#| "other uncorrectable errors."
++msgid ""
++"<command>pwck</command> verifies the integrity of the system authentication "
++"information. All entries in the <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> and "
++"<filename>/etc/shadow</filename> are checked to see that the entry has the "
++"proper format and valid data in each field. The user is prompted to delete "
++"entries that are improperly formatted or which have other uncorrectable "
++"errors."
++msgstr ""
++"<command>grpck</command> verifica l'integrità delle informazioni di "
++"autenticazione del sistema. Ogni voce in <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> e "
++"in <filename>/etc/shadow</filename> viene controllata per verificare che "
++"abbia il formato corretto e dati validi in ciascun campo. Viene richiesto "
++"all'utente di rimuovere le voci che non hanno un formato appropriato o che "
++"hanno altri errori impossibili da correggere."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: pwck.8.xml:54(para) grpck.8.xml:35(para)
++msgid "Checks are made to verify that each entry has:"
++msgstr "Vengono fatti controlli per verificare che ogni voce abbia:"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: pwck.8.xml:57(para) grpck.8.xml:39(para)
++msgid "the correct number of fields"
++msgstr "il corretto numero di campi"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: pwck.8.xml:60(para)
++msgid "a unique user name"
++msgstr "un nome utente univoco"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: pwck.8.xml:63(para)
++msgid "a valid user and group identifier"
++msgstr "identificatori validi dell'utente e del gruppo"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: pwck.8.xml:66(para)
++msgid "a valid primary group"
++msgstr "un gruppo primario valido"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: pwck.8.xml:69(para)
++msgid "a valid home directory"
++msgstr "una home directory valida"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: pwck.8.xml:72(para)
++msgid "a valid login shell"
++msgstr "una shell di login valida"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: pwck.8.xml:76(para)
++msgid ""
++"The checks for correct number of fields and unique user name are fatal. If "
++"the entry has the wrong number of fields, the user will be prompted to "
++"delete the entire line. If the user does not answer affirmatively, all "
++"further checks are bypassed. An entry with a duplicated user name is "
++"prompted for deletion, but the remaining checks will still be made. All "
++"other errors are warning and the user is encouraged to run the "
++"<command>usermod</command> command to correct the error."
++msgstr ""
++"Gli errori nelle verifiche sul corretto numero di campi e sull'univocità del "
++"nome utente sono irrimediabili. Se una voce ha un numero errato di campi, "
++"all'utente viene chiesto di cancellare l'intera riga; se l'utente non "
++"risponde affermativamente, vengono omessi tutti gli ulteriori controlli. "
++"Viene richiesta la cancellazione anche per le voci aventi il nome utente "
++"duplicato, ma i rimanenti controlli vengono ugualmente effettuati. Tutti gli "
++"altri errori non sono gravi e l'utente è invitato a eseguire il comando "
++"<command>usermod</command> per correggerli."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: pwck.8.xml:87(para)
++msgid ""
++"The commands which operate on the <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> file are "
++"not able to alter corrupted or duplicated entries. <command>pwck</command> "
++"should be used in those circumstances to remove the offending entry."
++msgstr ""
++"I comandi che operano sul file <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> non sono in "
++"grado di modificare voci corrotte o duplicate; in tali circostanze va usato "
++"<command>pwck</command> per rimuovere la voce scorretta."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: pwck.8.xml:97(para)
++msgid "The options which apply to the <command>pwck</command> command are:"
++msgstr "Il comando <command>pwck</command> accetta le seguenti opzioni:"
++
++#: pwck.8.xml:106(para)
++msgid ""
++"Report errors only. The warnings which do not require any action from the "
++"user won't be displayed."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: TP
++#: pwck.8.xml:117(para)
++msgid "Execute the <command>pwck</command> command in read-only mode."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: pwck.8.xml:127(para)
++msgid ""
++"Sort entries in <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> and <filename>/etc/shadow</"
++"filename> by UID."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: pwck.8.xml:135(para)
++msgid ""
++"By default, <command>pwck</command> operates on the files <filename>/etc/"
++"passwd</filename> and <filename>/etc/shadow</filename>. The user may select "
++"alternate files with the <emphasis remap=\"I\">passwd</emphasis> and "
++"<emphasis remap=\"I\">shadow</emphasis> parameters."
++msgstr ""
++"Come impostazione predefinita, <command>pwck</command> opera sui file "
++"<filename>/etc/passwd</filename> e in <filename>/etc/shadow</filename>. "
++"L'utente può selezionare file alternativi con i parametri <emphasis remap=\"I\">passwd</emphasis> e "
++"<emphasis remap=\"I\">shadow</emphasis>."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: pwck.8.xml:170(para)
++msgid ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>usermod</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++msgstr ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>usermod</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: pwck.8.xml:205(para)
++msgid "one or more bad password entries"
++msgstr "una o più voci di password conengono errori"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: pwck.8.xml:211(para)
++msgid "can't open password files"
++msgstr "impossibile aprire i file delle password"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: pwck.8.xml:217(para)
++msgid "can't lock password files"
++msgstr "impossibile fare il lock dei file delle password"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: pwck.8.xml:223(para)
++msgid "can't update password files"
++msgstr "impossibile aggiornare i file delle password"
++
++# type: TP
++#: pwck.8.xml:187(para)
++msgid ""
++"The <command>pwck</command> command exits with the following values: "
++"<placeholder-1/>"
++msgstr "Il comando <command>pwck</command> restituisce i seguenti valori: <placeholder-1/>"
++
++#: porttime.5.xml:5(refentrytitle) porttime.5.xml:10(refname)
++msgid "porttime"
++msgstr "porttime"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: porttime.5.xml:11(refpurpose)
++msgid "port access time file"
++msgstr "file delle porte e degli orari d'accesso"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: porttime.5.xml:16(para)
++msgid ""
++"<emphasis remap=\"I\">porttime</emphasis> contains a list of tty devices, "
++"user names, and permitted login times."
++msgstr ""
++"<emphasis remap=\"I\">porttime</emphasis> contiene un elenco di device tty, nomi utente e orari di accesso "
++"permessi."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: porttime.5.xml:21(para)
++msgid ""
++"Each entry consists of three colon separated fields. The first field is a "
++"comma separated list of tty devices, or an asterisk to indicate that all tty "
++"devices are matched by this entry. The second field is a comma separated "
++"list of user names, or an asterisk to indicated that all user names are "
++"matched by this entry. The third field is a comma separated list of "
++"permitted access times."
++msgstr ""
++"Ciascuna voce è composta da tre campi separati da due punti. Il primo è un "
++"elenco di device tty, separati da virgole, oppure un asterisco per indicare "
++"che la voce corrisponde a qualsiasi device. Il secondo campo è un elenco di "
++"nomi utente, separati da virgole, oppure un asterisco per indicare che la "
++"voce corrisponde ad ogni utente. Il terzo campo è un elenco degli orari, "
++"separati da virgole, in cui è consentito l'accesso."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: porttime.5.xml:30(para)
++msgid ""
++"Each access time entry consists of zero or more days of the week, "
++"abbreviated <emphasis>Su</emphasis>, <emphasis>Mo</emphasis>, <emphasis>Tu</"
++"emphasis>, <emphasis>We</emphasis>, <emphasis>Th</emphasis>, <emphasis>Fr</"
++"emphasis>, and <emphasis>Sa</emphasis>, followed by a pair of times "
++"separated by a hyphen. The abbreviation <emphasis>Wk</emphasis> may be used "
++"to represent Monday thru Friday, and <emphasis>Al</emphasis> may be used to "
++"indicate every day. If no days are given, <emphasis>Al</emphasis> is assumed."
++msgstr ""
++"Un orario di accesso consiste in zero o più giorni della settimana "
++"abbreviati in <emphasis>Mo</emphasis> (lunedì), <emphasis>Tu</emphasis>, "
++"<emphasis>We</emphasis>, <emphasis>Th</emphasis>, <emphasis>Fr</emphasis>, "
++"<emphasis>Sa</emphasis> e <emphasis>Su</emphasis> (domenica), seguiti da una "
++"coppia di orari, separate da un trattino. L'abbreviazione <emphasis>Wk</"
++"emphasis> rappresenta tutti i giorni da lunedì a venerdì, mentre "
++"<emphasis>Al</emphasis> indica tutti i giorni della settimana. Se non si "
++"specifica alcun giorno, viene usato implicitamente <emphasis>Al</emphasis>."
++
++# type: SH
++#: porttime.5.xml:44(title)
++msgid "EXAMPLES"
++msgstr "ESEMPI"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: porttime.5.xml:45(para)
++msgid ""
++"The following entry allows access to user <emphasis remap=\"B\">jfh</"
++"emphasis> on every port during weekdays from 9am to 5pm."
++msgstr ""
++"La voce seguente permette l'accesso all'utente <emphasis remap=\"B\">jfh</emphasis> da qualsiasi porta "
++"durante i giorni lavorativi dalle 9 alle 17."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: porttime.5.xml:51(para)
++msgid "*:jfh:Wk0900-1700"
++msgstr "*:jfh:Wk0900-1700"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: porttime.5.xml:53(para)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid ""
++#| "The following entries allow access only to the users <emphasis>root</"
++#| "emphasis> and <emphasis>oper</emphasis> on /dev/console at any time. This "
++#| "illustrates how the <filename>/etc/porttime</filename> file is an ordered "
++#| "list of access times. Any other user would match the second entry which "
++#| "does not permit access at any time."
++msgid ""
++"The following entries allow access only to the users <emphasis>root</"
++"emphasis> and <emphasis>oper</emphasis> on <filename>/dev/console</filename> "
++"at any time. This illustrates how the <filename>/etc/porttime</filename> "
++"file is an ordered list of access times. Any other user would match the "
++"second entry which does not permit access at any time."
++msgstr ""
++"Le voci seguenti permettono l'accesso solo agli utenti <emphasis>root</"
++"emphasis> e <emphasis>oper</emphasis> da /dev/console a qualsiasi ora. Qui "
++"viene mostrato come il file <filename>/etc/porttime</filename> sia una lista "
++"ordinata di orari d'accesso: ogni altro utente corrisponderebbe alla seconda "
++"voce, che impedisce l'accesso in qualsiasi orario."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: porttime.5.xml:62(programlisting)
++# no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"\n"
++" console:root,oper:Al0000-2400\n"
++" console:*:\n"
++" "
++msgstr ""
++"\n"
++" console:root,oper:Al0000-2400\n"
++" console:*:\n"
++" "
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: porttime.5.xml:67(para)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid ""
++#| "The following entry allows access for the user B<games> on any port "
++#| "during non-working hours."
++msgid ""
++"The following entry allows access for the user <emphasis>games</emphasis> on "
++"any port during non-working hours."
++msgstr ""
++"La voce seguente permette l'accesso all'utente B<games> da qualsiasi porta "
++"durante gli orari non lavorativi."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: porttime.5.xml:72(para)
++msgid "*:games:Wk1700-0900,SaSu0000-2400"
++msgstr "*:games:Wk1700-0900,SaSu0000-2400"
++
++#: porttime.5.xml:79(filename) logoutd.8.xml:38(filename)
++msgid "/etc/porttime"
++msgstr "/etc/porttime"
++
++#: porttime.5.xml:81(para) logoutd.8.xml:40(para)
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "File containing port access."
++msgstr "file contenente le porte e gli orari di accesso"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: porttime.5.xml:89(para) login.access.5.xml:79(para)
++msgid ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>."
++msgstr ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: passwd.5.xml:11(refpurpose)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid "can't open password files"
++msgid "the password file"
++msgstr "impossibile aprire i file delle password"
++
++#: passwd.5.xml:16(para)
++msgid ""
++"<filename>/etc/passwd</filename> contains one line for each user account, "
++"with seven fields delimited by colons (<quote>:</quote>). These fields are:"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: passwd.5.xml:27(para)
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "optional encrypted password"
++msgstr ""
++"#-#-#-#-# it.po (shadow 4.0.3) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Password crittata\n"
++"#-#-#-#-# shadow.5.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Password cifrata"
++
++#: passwd.5.xml:30(para)
++msgid "numerical user ID"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: passwd.5.xml:33(para)
++msgid "numerical group ID"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: passwd.5.xml:36(para)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid "The new user's password file comment field."
++msgid "user name or comment field"
++msgstr "Il campo commento del nuovo utente nel file password."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: passwd.5.xml:39(para)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid "- a valid home directory"
++msgid "user home directory"
++msgstr "- una home directory valida"
++
++#: passwd.5.xml:42(para)
++msgid "optional user command interpreter"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: passwd.5.xml:46(para)
++msgid ""
++"The encrypted password field may be blank, in which case no password is "
++"required to authenticate as the specified login name. However, some "
++"applications which read the <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> file may decide "
++"not to permit <emphasis>any</emphasis> access at all if the "
++"<emphasis>password</emphasis> field is blank. If the <emphasis>password</"
++"emphasis> field is a lower-case <quote>x</quote>, then the encrypted "
++"password is actually stored in the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>shadow</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> file instead; there "
++"<emphasis>must</emphasis> be a corresponding line in the <filename>/etc/"
++"shadow</filename> file, or else the user account is invalid. If the "
++"<emphasis>password</emphasis> field is any other string, then it will be "
++"treated as an encrypted password, as specified by "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>crypt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: passwd.5.xml:65(para)
++msgid ""
++"The comment field is used by various system utilities, such as "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>finger</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: passwd.5.xml:71(para)
++msgid ""
++"The home directory field provides the name of the initial working directory. "
++"The <command>login</command> program uses this information to set the value "
++"of the <envar>$HOME</envar> environmental variable."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: passwd.5.xml:77(para)
++msgid ""
++"The command interpreter field provides the name of the user's command "
++"language interpreter, or the name of the initial program to execute. The "
++"<command>login</command> program uses this information to set the value of "
++"the <envar>$SHELL</envar> environmental variable. If this field is empty, it "
++"defaults to the value <filename>/bin/sh</filename>."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: passwd.5.xml:98(para)
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "optional encrypted password file"
++msgstr ""
++"#-#-#-#-# it.po (shadow 4.0.3) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"shadow - file crittato delle password\n"
++"#-#-#-#-# shadow.5.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"shadow - file delle password cifrate"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: passwd.5.xml:106(para)
++msgid ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>getent</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>login</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>crypt</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>getpwnam</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>shadow</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pwconv</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pwunconv</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sulogin</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++msgstr ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>getent</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>login</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>crypt</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>getpwnam</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>shadow</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pwconv</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pwunconv</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sulogin</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: passwd.1.xml:11(refpurpose)
++msgid "change user password"
++msgstr "cambia la password utente"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: passwd.1.xml:28(para)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid ""
++#| "<command>passwd</command> changes passwords for user and group accounts. "
++#| "A normal user may only change the password for his/her own account, the "
++#| "super user may change the password for any account. The administrator of "
++#| "a group may change the password for the group. <command>passwd</command> "
++#| "also changes account information, such as the full name of the user, "
++#| "user's login shell, or password expiry date and interval."
++msgid ""
++"<command>passwd</command> changes passwords for user accounts. A normal user "
++"may only change the password for his/her own account, while the super user "
++"may change the password for any account. <command>passwd</command> also "
++"changes account information, such as the full name of the user, the user's "
++"login shell, or his/her password expiry date and interval."
++msgstr ""
++"<command>passwd</command> cambia la password per account utente o di "
++"gruppo. Un utente normale può solo cambiare la password per il proprio "
++"account, mentre il super utente può cambiarla per qualsiasi account. "
++"L'amministratore di un gruppo può cambiare la password del gruppo. "
++"<command>passwd</command> può cambiare altri dati dell\\'utente come il nome "
++"completo, la shell di login, la data e l\\'intervallo di scadenza della "
++"password."
++
++# type: SS
++#: passwd.1.xml:38(title)
++msgid "Password Changes"
++msgstr "Modifiche delle password"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: passwd.1.xml:39(para)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid ""
++#| "The user is first prompted for his/her old password, if one is present. "
++#| "This password is then encrypted and compared against the stored "
++#| "password. The user has only one chance to enter the correct password. "
++#| "The super user is permitted to bypass this step so that forgotten "
++#| "passwords may be changed."
++msgid ""
++"The user is first prompted for his/her old password, if one is present. This "
++"password is then encrypted and compared against the stored password. The "
++"user has only one chance to enter the correct password. The super user is "
++"permitted to bypass this step so that forgotten passwords may be changed."
++msgstr ""
++"All\\'utente viene prima chiesta la propria password attuale, se presente. "
++"Questa password viene cifrata e confrontata con quella memorizzata. All"
++"\\'utente viene data solo una possibilità di inserire la password corretta. "
++"Il super utente non ha questo obbligo."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: passwd.1.xml:47(para)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid ""
++#| "After the password has been entered, password aging information is "
++#| "checked to see if the user is permitted to change the password at this "
++#| "time. If not, <command>passwd</command> refuses to change the password "
++#| "and exits."
++msgid ""
++"After the password has been entered, password aging information is checked "
++"to see if the user is permitted to change the password at this time. If not, "
++"<command>passwd</command> refuses to change the password and exits."
++msgstr ""
++"Dopo che la password è stata inserita, vengono controllati i parametri "
++"dell'invecchiamento delle password per verificare che l'utente possa "
++"modificarla in questo momento. Se il risultato è negativo, <command>passwd</"
++"command> non fa cambiare la password ed esce."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: passwd.1.xml:54(para)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid ""
++#| "If the password is accepted, <command>passwd</command> will prompt again "
++#| "and compare the second entry against the first. Both entries are "
++#| "required to match in order for the password to be changed."
++msgid ""
++"The user is then prompted twice for a replacement password. The second entry "
++"is compared against the first and both are required to match in order for "
++"the password to be changed."
++msgstr ""
++"Se la password viene accettata, <command>passwd</command> la chiede una "
++"seconda volta e confronta le due password. Le due password devono essere "
++"eguali affinché la password venga accettata."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: passwd.1.xml:60(para)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid ""
++#| "The user is then prompted for a replacement password. This password is "
++#| "tested for complexity. As a general guideline, passwords should consist "
++#| "of 6 to 8 characters including one or more from each of following sets:"
++msgid ""
++"Then, the password is tested for complexity. As a general guideline, "
++"passwords should consist of 6 to 8 characters including one or more "
++"characters from each of the following sets:"
++msgstr ""
++"All\\'utente viene poi chiesta la nuova password. Viene misurata la "
++"complessità della password. In linea di massima le password dovrebbero "
++"contenere dai 6 agli 8 caratteri di uno o più dei seguenti insiemi:"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: passwd.1.xml:68(para)
++msgid "lower case alphabetics"
++msgstr "lettere minuscole"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: passwd.1.xml:71(para)
++msgid "digits 0 thru 9"
++msgstr "numeri da 0 a 9"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: passwd.1.xml:74(para)
++msgid "punctuation marks"
++msgstr "segni di punteggiatura"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: passwd.1.xml:78(para)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid ""
++#| "Care must be taken not to include the system default erase or kill "
++#| "characters. <command>passwd</command> will reject any password which is "
++#| "not suitably complex."
++msgid ""
++"Care must be taken not to include the system default erase or kill "
++"characters. <command>passwd</command> will reject any password which is not "
++"suitably complex."
++msgstr ""
++"Si deve fare attenzione a non inserire il carattere di cancellazione o di "
++"kill (azzeramento della linea). <command>passwd</command> non accetta "
++"password non sufficientemente complesse."
++
++# type: SS
++#: passwd.1.xml:87(title)
++msgid "Hints for user passwords"
++msgstr "Suggerimenti per password utente"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: passwd.1.xml:88(para)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid ""
++#| "The security of a password depends upon the strength of the encryption "
++#| "algorithm and the size of the key space. The <emphasis>\\s-2UNIX\\s+2</"
++#| "emphasis> System encryption method is based on the NBS DES algorithm and "
++#| "is very secure. The size of the key space depends upon the randomness of "
++#| "the password which is selected."
++msgid ""
++"The security of a password depends upon the strength of the encryption "
++"algorithm and the size of the key space. The <emphasis>UNIX</emphasis> "
++"System encryption method is based on the NBS DES algorithm and is very "
++"secure. The size of the key space depends upon the randomness of the "
++"password which is selected."
++msgstr ""
++"La sicurezza di una password dipende dalla resistenza dell\\'algoritmo e "
++"dalla dimensione della chiave utilizzata. Il metodi di cifratura del "
++"sistema <emphasis>\\s-2UNIX\\s+2</emphasis> si basa sull'algoritmo NBS DES "
++"ed è abbastanza sicuro. La dimensione della chiave dipende dall aleatorità "
++"della password che viene utilizzata."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: passwd.1.xml:96(para)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid ""
++#| "Compromises in password security normally result from careless password "
++#| "selection or handling. For this reason, you should not select a password "
++#| "which appears in a dictionary or which must be written down. The "
++#| "password should also not be a proper name, your license number, birth "
++#| "date, or street address. Any of these may be used as guesses to violate "
++#| "system security."
++msgid ""
++"Compromises in password security normally result from careless password "
++"selection or handling. For this reason, you should not select a password "
++"which appears in a dictionary or which must be written down. The password "
++"should also not be a proper name, your license number, birth date, or street "
++"address. Any of these may be used as guesses to violate system security."
++msgstr ""
++"La compromissione di una password avviene normalmente a seguito di incuria "
++"nella scelta o nella gestione della password. Per questo motivo non si "
++"devono utilizzare password che appaiono nei dizionari o che devono essere "
++"scritte. La password non deve essere uno nome proprio, il numero della "
++"patente, la data di nascita o l'indirizzo. Uno qualunque di questi potrebbe "
++"essere indovinato per violare la sicurezza del sistema."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: passwd.1.xml:105(para)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid ""
++#| "Your password must easily remembered so that you will not be forced to "
++#| "write it on a piece of paper. This can be accomplished by appending two "
++#| "small words together and separating each with a special character or "
++#| "digit. For example, Pass%word."
++msgid ""
++"Your password must be easily remembered so that you will not be forced to "
++"write it on a piece of paper. This can be accomplished by appending two "
++"small words together and separating each with a special character or digit. "
++"For example, Pass%word."
++msgstr ""
++"La password deve essere facile da ricordare in modo tale da non essere "
++"costretti a scriversela. Un modo per farlo è quello di concatenare due "
++"parole brevi separandole con della punteggiatura o un numero. Per esempio "
++"Pass%word."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: passwd.1.xml:112(para)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid ""
++#| "Other methods of construction involve selecting an easily remembered "
++#| "phrase from literature and selecting the first or last letter from each "
++#| "word. An example of this is"
++msgid ""
++"Other methods of construction involve selecting an easily remembered phrase "
++"from literature and selecting the first or last letter from each word. An "
++"example of this is:"
++msgstr ""
++"Un altro metodo di costruzione di implica la selezione di una frase imparata "
++"a memoria perché presente in letteratura, selezionandone le prime o ultime "
++"lettere di ogni parola. Un esempio di questo tipo è"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: passwd.1.xml:120(para)
++msgid "Ask not for whom the bell tolls"
++msgstr "Non chiedere per chi suona la campana"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: passwd.1.xml:123(para)
++msgid "which produces"
++msgstr "che produce"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: passwd.1.xml:126(para)
++msgid "An4wtbt"
++msgstr "NcXcslc"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: passwd.1.xml:130(para)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid ""
++#| "You may be reasonably sure few crackers will have included this in their "
++#| "dictionaries. You should, however, select your own methods for "
++#| "constructing passwords and not rely exclusively on the methods given here."
++msgid ""
++"You may be reasonably sure few crackers will have included this in their "
++"dictionaries. You should, however, select your own methods for constructing "
++"passwords and not rely exclusively on the methods given here."
++msgstr ""
++"Si può essere abbastanza certi che pochi malintenzionati l\\'abbiano inclusa "
++"nel proprio dizionario. Si dovrebbe, comunque, selezionare un proprio "
++"metodo per contruire password e non affidarsi esclusivamente a quelli "
++"proposti qui."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: passwd.1.xml:141(para)
++msgid "The options which apply to the <command>passwd</command> command are:"
++msgstr "Il comando <command>passwd</command> accetta le seguenti opzioni:"
++
++# type: IP
++#: passwd.1.xml:146(term) faillog.8.xml:42(term)
++msgid "<option>-a</option>, <option>--all</option>"
++msgstr "<option>-a</option>, <option>--all</option>"
++
++#: passwd.1.xml:150(para)
++msgid ""
++"This option can be used only with <option>-S</option> and causes show status "
++"for all users."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: IP
++#: passwd.1.xml:157(term)
++msgid "<option>-d</option>, <option>--delete</option>"
++msgstr "<option>-d</option>, <option>--delete</option>"
++
++#: passwd.1.xml:161(para)
++msgid ""
++"Delete a user's password (make it empty). This is a quick way to disable a "
++"password for an account. It will set the named account passwordless."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: TP
++#: passwd.1.xml:169(term)
++msgid "<option>-e</option>, <option>--expire</option>"
++msgstr "<option>-e</option>, <option>--expire</option>"
++
++#: passwd.1.xml:173(para)
++msgid ""
++"Immediately expire an account's password. This in effect can force a user to "
++"change his/her password at the user's next login."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: TP
++#: passwd.1.xml:186(term)
++msgid ""
++"<option>-i</option>, <option>--inactive</option><replaceable>INACTIVE</"
++"replaceable>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: passwd.1.xml:190(para)
++msgid ""
++"This option is used to disable an account after the password has been "
++"expired for a number of days. After a user account has had an expired "
++"password for <replaceable>INACTIVE</replaceable> days, the user may no "
++"longer sign on to the account."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: IP
++#: passwd.1.xml:199(term)
++msgid "<option>-k</option>, <option>--keep-tokens</option>"
++msgstr "<option>-k</option>, <option>--keep-tokens</option>"
++
++#: passwd.1.xml:203(para)
++msgid ""
++"Indicate password change should be performed only for expired authentication "
++"tokens (passwords). The user wishes to keep their non-expired tokens as "
++"before."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: IP
++#: passwd.1.xml:211(term)
++msgid "<option>-l</option>, <option>--lock</option>"
++msgstr "<option>-l</option>, <option>--lock</option>"
++
++#: passwd.1.xml:215(para)
++msgid ""
++"Lock the named account. This option disables an account by changing the "
++"password to a value which matches no possible encrypted value."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: IP
++#: passwd.1.xml:222(term) chage.1.xml:109(term)
++msgid ""
++"<option>-m</option>, <option>--mindays</option><replaceable>MIN_DAYS</"
++"replaceable>"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: passwd.1.xml:226(para) chage.1.xml:113(para)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid ""
++#| "Set the minimum number of days between password changes. A value of zero "
++#| "for this field indicates that the user may change her password at any "
++#| "time."
++msgid ""
++"Set the minimum number of days between password changes to "
++"<replaceable>MIN_DAYS</replaceable>. A value of zero for this field "
++"indicates that the user may change his/her password at any time."
++msgstr ""
++"Imposta il numero minimo di giorni tra i cambi di password. Un valore pari a "
++"zero indica che l'utente può cambiare la propria password in qualsiasi "
++"momento."
++
++# type: IP
++#: passwd.1.xml:244(term)
++msgid ""
++"<option>-r</option>, <option>--repository</option><replaceable>REPOSITORY</"
++"replaceable>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: passwd.1.xml:248(para)
++msgid "change password in <replaceable>REPOSITORY</replaceable> repository"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: IP
++#: passwd.1.xml:254(term)
++msgid "<option>-S</option>, <option>--status</option>"
++msgstr "<option>-S</option>, <option>--status</option>"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: passwd.1.xml:258(para)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid ""
++#| "The account status may be viewed with the <option>-S</option> option. "
++#| "The status information consists of 7 fields. The first field is the "
++#| "user's login name. The second field indicates if the user account is "
++#| "locked (L), has no password (NP), or has a usable password (P). The "
++#| "third field gives the date of the last password change. The next four "
++#| "fields are the minimum age, maximum age, warning period, and inactivity "
++#| "period for the password. These ages are expressed in days. See "
++#| "B<Password expiry information> above for a discussion of these fields."
++msgid ""
++"Display account status information. The status information consists of 7 "
++"fields. The first field is the user's login name. The second field indicates "
++"if the user account is locked (L), has no password (NP), or has a usable "
++"password (P). The third field gives the date of the last password change. "
++"The next four fields are the minimum age, maximum age, warning period, and "
++"inactivity period for the password. These ages are expressed in days."
++msgstr ""
++"Lo stato attuale di un account può essere ispeziona con l\\'opzione <option>-"
++"S</option>. Lo stato consiste di 7 campi. Il primo campo è il nome dell"
++"\\'utente. Il secondo campo indica se l\\'account è bloccato (L), non ha "
++"password (NP) o ha una password valida (P). Il terzo campo contiene la data "
++"di ultima modifica della password. I successivi quattro campi sono l'età "
++"minima, la massima, il periodi di avviso e quello di iniattività. Queste "
++"età sono espresse in giorni. Vedere la precedente discussione su "
++"B<Informazioni sulla scadenza della password> per una discussione su questi "
++"campi."
++
++# type: IP
++#: passwd.1.xml:271(term)
++msgid "<option>-u</option>, <option>--unlock</option>"
++msgstr "<option>-u</option>, <option>--unlock</option>"
++
++#: passwd.1.xml:275(para)
++msgid ""
++"Unlock the named account. This option re-enables an account by changing the "
++"password back to its previous value (to value before using <option>-l</"
++"option> option)."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: IP
++#: passwd.1.xml:283(term)
++msgid ""
++"<option>-w</option>, <option>--warndays</option><replaceable>WARN_DAYS</"
++"replaceable>"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: passwd.1.xml:287(para)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid ""
++#| "Set the number of days of warning before a password change is required. "
++#| "The I<warndays> option is the number of days prior to the password "
++#| "expiring that a user will be warned her password is about to expire."
++msgid ""
++"Set the number of days of warning before a password change is required. The "
++"<replaceable>WARN_DAYS</replaceable> option is the number of days prior to "
++"the password expiring that a user will be warned that his/her password is "
++"about to expire."
++msgstr ""
++"Imposta il numero di giorni di preavviso prima che sia obbligatorio cambiare "
++"la password. L'opzione I<gg_avviso> indica il numero di giorni prima della "
++"scadenza della password in cui l'utente viene avvertito dell'imminente "
++"scadenza."
++
++# type: IP
++#: passwd.1.xml:296(term)
++msgid ""
++"<option>-x</option>, <option>--maxdays</option><replaceable>MAX_DAYS</"
++"replaceable>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: passwd.1.xml:300(para)
++msgid ""
++"Set the maximum number of days a password remains valid. After "
++"<replaceable>MAX_DAYS</replaceable>, the password is required to be changed."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: passwd.1.xml:312(para)
++msgid ""
++"Not all options may be supported. Password complexity checking may vary from "
++"site to site. The user is urged to select a password as complex as he or she "
++"feels comfortable with. Users may not be able to change their password on a "
++"system if NIS is enabled and they are not logged into the NIS server."
++msgstr ""
++"Non tutte le opzioni potrebbero essere supportate. Il controllo della "
++"complessità delle password varia da sistema a sistema. L\\'utente deve "
++"poter selezionare la possibilità di selezionare una password che ritenga "
++"sufficientemente complessa. Gli utenti potrebbero non essere in condizione "
++"di modificare la propria password se NIS è abilitato e loro non hanno fatto "
++"il login sul server NIS."
++
++#: passwd.1.xml:353(para) chage.1.xml:212(para)
++msgid "permission denied"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: passwd.1.xml:359(para)
++msgid "invalid combination of options"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: passwd.1.xml:365(para)
++msgid "unexpected failure, nothing done"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: passwd.1.xml:371(para)
++msgid "unexpected failure, <filename>passwd</filename> file missing"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: TP
++#: passwd.1.xml:377(para)
++msgid "<filename>passwd</filename> file busy, try again"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: TP
++#: passwd.1.xml:341(para)
++msgid ""
++"The <command>passwd</command> command exits with the following values: "
++"<placeholder-1/>"
++msgstr "Il comando <command>passwd</command> restituisce i seguenti valori:"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: passwd.1.xml:392(para)
++msgid ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>."
++msgstr ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>."
++
++#: nologin.8.xml:5(refentrytitle) nologin.8.xml:10(refname)
++#: nologin.8.xml:16(command)
++msgid "nologin"
++msgstr "nologin"
++
++#: nologin.8.xml:11(refpurpose)
++msgid "politely refuse a login"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: nologin.8.xml:22(para)
++msgid ""
++"<command>nologin</command> displays a message that an account is not "
++"available and exits non-zero. It is intended as a replacement shell field "
++"for accounts that have been disabled."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: nologin.8.xml:27(para)
++msgid ""
++"To disable all logins, investigate <citerefentry><refentrytitle>nologin</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: nologin.8.xml:36(para)
++msgid ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>nologin</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++msgstr ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>nologin</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++
++#: nologin.8.xml:47(title)
++msgid "HYSTORY"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: TP
++#: nologin.8.xml:48(para)
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "The <command>nologin</command> command appeared in BSD 4.4."
++msgstr ""
++"#-#-#-#-# it.po (shadow 4.0.3) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Il comando <command>grpck</command> esce con i seguenti valori:\n"
++"#-#-#-#-# grpck.8.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Il comando <command>grpck</command> restituisce i seguenti valori:"
++
++#: newusers.8.xml:5(refentrytitle) newusers.8.xml:10(refname)
++#: newusers.8.xml:16(command) login.defs.5.xml:196(term)
++msgid "newusers"
++msgstr "newusers"
++
++#: newusers.8.xml:11(refpurpose)
++msgid "update and create new users in batch"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: newusers.8.xml:18(replaceable)
++msgid "new_users"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: newusers.8.xml:25(para)
++msgid ""
++"<command>newusers</command> reads a file of user name and clear-text "
++"password pairs and uses this information to update a group of existing users "
++"or to create new users. Each line is in the same format as the standard "
++"password file (see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>) with the following "
++"exceptions:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: newusers.8.xml:37(emphasis)
++msgid "pw_passwd"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: newusers.8.xml:40(para)
++msgid ""
++"This field will be encrypted and used as the new value of the encrypted "
++"password."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: newusers.8.xml:48(emphasis)
++msgid "pw_age"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: newusers.8.xml:51(para)
++msgid ""
++"This field will be ignored for shadow passwords if the user already exists."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: newusers.8.xml:59(emphasis)
++msgid "pw_gid"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: newusers.8.xml:62(para)
++msgid ""
++"This field may be the name of an existing group, in which case the named "
++"user will be added as a member. If a non-existent numerical group is given, "
++"a new group will be created having this number."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: newusers.8.xml:72(emphasis)
++msgid "pw_dir"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: newusers.8.xml:75(para)
++msgid ""
++"This field will be checked for existence as a directory and a new directory "
++"with the same name will be created if it does not already exist. The "
++"ownership of the directory will be set to be that of the user being created "
++"or updated."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: newusers.8.xml:85(para)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid ""
++#| "This command is intended to be used in a large system environment where "
++#| "many accounts are created at a single time."
++msgid ""
++"This command is intended to be used in a large system environment where many "
++"accounts are updated at a single time."
++msgstr ""
++"Questo comando è appositamente pensato per grossi sistemi in cui si abbia la "
++"necessità di creare molti account nello stesso momento."
++
++#: newusers.8.xml:93(para)
++msgid ""
++"The input file must be protected since it contains unencrypted passwords."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: newusers.8.xml:113(para)
++msgid ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>login.defs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>useradd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++msgstr ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>login.defs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>useradd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++
++#: newgrp.1.xml:5(refentrytitle) newgrp.1.xml:10(refname)
++#: newgrp.1.xml:16(command)
++msgid "newgrp"
++msgstr "newgrp"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: newgrp.1.xml:11(refpurpose)
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "log in to a new group"
++msgstr ""
++"#-#-#-#-# it.po (shadow 4.0.3) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"newgrp - logga in un nuovo gruppo\n"
++"#-#-#-#-# newgrp.1.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"newgrp - effettua l'accesso a un nuovo gruppo"
++
++#: newgrp.1.xml:17(replaceable) grpck.8.xml:18(replaceable)
++#: groupdel.8.xml:18(replaceable) groupadd.8.xml:24(replaceable)
++#: gpasswd.1.xml:18(replaceable) gpasswd.1.xml:24(replaceable)
++#: gpasswd.1.xml:29(replaceable) gpasswd.1.xml:33(replaceable)
++#: gpasswd.1.xml:37(replaceable) gpasswd.1.xml:43(replaceable)
++msgid "group"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: newgrp.1.xml:23(para)
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"<command>newgrp</command> is used to change the current group ID during a "
++"login session. If the optional <option>-</option> flag is given, the user's "
++"environment will be reinitialized as though the user had logged in, "
++"otherwise the current environment, including current working directory, "
++"remains unchanged."
++msgstr ""
++"#-#-#-#-# it.po (shadow 4.0.3) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"<command>newgrp</command> è utilizzato per cambiare l'ID di gruppo attuale "
++"durante una sessione di login. Se il flag opzionale <option>-</option> "
++"viene specificato allora l\\'ambiente dell'utente viene reinizializzato come "
++"se l'utente stesse effettuando il login, altrimenti l'ambiente non viene "
++"modificato e la directory corrente non viene cambiata.\n"
++"#-#-#-#-# newgrp.1.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"<command>newgrp</command> permette di cambiare il proprio ID di gruppo "
++"durante una sessione di login. Se viene specificato il flag <option>-</"
++"option>, l'ambiente dell'utente viene reinizializzato come se l'utente "
++"stesse effettuando il login, altrimenti l'ambiente non viene modificato e la "
++"directory corrente non viene cambiata."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: newgrp.1.xml:31(para)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid ""
++#| "<command>newgrp</command> changes the current real group ID to the named "
++#| "group, or to the default group listed in <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> "
++#| "if no group name is given. The user will be prompted for a password if "
++#| "she do not have a password and the group does, or if the user is not "
++#| "listed as a member and the group has a password. The user will be denied "
++#| "access if the group password is empty and the user is not listed as a "
++#| "member."
++msgid ""
++"<command>newgrp</command> changes the current real group ID to the named "
++"group, or to the default group listed in <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> if "
++"no group name is given. <command>newgrp</command> also tries to add the "
++"group to the user groupset. If not root, the user will be prompted for a "
++"password if she does not have a password (in <filename>/etc/shadow</"
++"filename> if this user has an entry in the shadowed password file, or in "
++"<filename>/etc/passwd</filename> otherwise) and the group does, or if the "
++"user is not listed as a member and the group has a password. The user will "
++"be denied access if the group password is empty and the user is not listed "
++"as a member."
++msgstr ""
++"<command>newgrp</command> cambia l\\'ID di gruppo attuale reale in base al "
++"gruppo passato come argomento oppure al gruppo predefinito nel file "
++"<filename>/etc/passwd</filename>. Se l'utente non viene elencato come "
++"appartenente al gruppo o se il gruppo ha una password allora all\\'utente "
++"viene chiesta una password. Se la password di gruppo è vuota e l'utente non "
++"è elencato come me,bro del gruppo allora l\\'operazione genera un errore."
++
++#: newgrp.1.xml:45(para)
++msgid ""
++"If there is an entry for this group in <filename>/etc/gshadow</filename>, "
++"then the list of members and the password of this group will be taken from "
++"this file, otherwise, the entry in <filename>/etc/group</filename> is "
++"considered."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: newgrp.1.xml:85(para)
++msgid ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>id</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>login</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpasswd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gshadow</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++msgstr ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>id</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>login</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpasswd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gshadow</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++
++#: logoutd.8.xml:5(refentrytitle) logoutd.8.xml:10(refname)
++#: logoutd.8.xml:16(command)
++msgid "logoutd"
++msgstr "logoutd"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: logoutd.8.xml:11(refpurpose)
++msgid "Enforce login time restrictions"
++msgstr "fa rispettare le limitazioni sugli accessi"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: logoutd.8.xml:22(para)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid ""
++#| "<command>logoutd</command> enforces the login time and port restrictions "
++#| "specified in <filename>/etc/porttime</filename>. <command>logoutd</"
++#| "command> should be started from <filename>/etc/rc</filename>. The "
++#| "<filename>/var/run/utmp</filename> file is scanned periodically and each "
++#| "user name is checked to see if the named user is permitted on the named "
++#| "port at the current time. Any login session which is violating the "
++#| "restrictions in <filename>/etc/porttime</filename> is terminated."
++msgid ""
++"<command>logoutd</command> enforces the login time and port restrictions "
++"specified in <filename>/etc/porttime</filename>. <command>logoutd</command> "
++"should be started from <filename>/etc/rc</filename>. The <filename>/var/run/"
++"utmp</filename> file is scanned periodically and each user name is checked "
++"to see if the named user is permitted on the named port at the current time. "
++"Any login session which is violating the restrictions in <filename>/etc/"
++"porttime</filename> is terminated."
++msgstr ""
++"<command>logoutd</command> fa rispettare le limitazioni sugli orari e sulle "
++"porte di accesso specificate in <filename>/etc/porttime</filename>. "
++"<command>logoutd</command> andrebbe avviato da <filename>/etc/rc</filename>. "
++"Il file <filename>/var/run/utmp</filename> viene controllato periodicamente "
++"per verificare che a ciascun utente sia consentito l'accesso da quella "
++"determinata porta e all'orario attuale. Ogni sessione di login che stia "
++"violando le limitazioni in <filename>/etc/porttime</filename> viene "
++"terminata."
++
++#: logoutd.8.xml:44(filename) login.1.xml:201(filename)
++msgid "/var/run/utmp"
++msgstr "/var/run/utmp"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: logoutd.8.xml:46(para) login.1.xml:203(para)
++msgid "List of current login sessions."
++msgstr "Elenco delle sessioni attive"
++
++#: login.defs.5.xml:5(refentrytitle) login.defs.5.xml:10(refname)
++msgid "login.defs"
++msgstr "login.defs"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: login.defs.5.xml:11(refpurpose)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid "shadow - encrypted password file routines"
++msgid "shadow password suite configuration"
++msgstr "shadow - gestione del file delle password cifrate"
++
++#: login.defs.5.xml:16(para)
++msgid ""
++"The <filename>/etc/login.defs</filename> file defines the site-specific "
++"configuration for the shadow password suite. This file is required. Absence "
++"of this file will not prevent system operation, but will probably result in "
++"undesirable operation."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.defs.5.xml:23(para)
++msgid ""
++"This file is a readable text file, each line of the file describing one "
++"configuration parameter. The lines consist of a configuration name and "
++"value, separated by whitespace. Blank lines and comment lines are ignored. "
++"Comments are introduced with a \"#\" pound sign and the pound sign must be "
++"the first non-white character of the line."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.defs.5.xml:31(para)
++msgid ""
++"Parameter values may be of four types: strings, booleans, numbers, and long "
++"numbers. A string is comprised of any printable characters. A boolean should "
++"be either the value \"yes\" or \"no\". An undefined boolean parameter or one "
++"with a value other than these will be given a \"no\" value. Numbers (both "
++"regular and long) may be either decimal values, octal values (precede the "
++"value with \"0\") or hexadecimal values (precede the value with \"0x\"). The "
++"maximum value of the regular and long numeric parameters is machine-"
++"dependent."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.defs.5.xml:42(para)
++msgid "The following configuration items are provided:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.defs.5.xml:46(term)
++msgid "CHFN_AUTH (boolean)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.defs.5.xml:48(para)
++msgid ""
++"If <emphasis remap=\"I\">yes</emphasis>, the <command>chfn</command> and "
++"<command>chsh</command> programs will require authentication before making "
++"any changes, unless run by the superuser."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.defs.5.xml:57(term)
++msgid "CHFN_RESTRICT (string)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.defs.5.xml:59(para)
++msgid ""
++"This parameter specifies which values in the <emphasis remap=\"I\">gecos</"
++"emphasis> field of the <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> file may be changed "
++"by regular users using the <command>chfn</command> program. It can be any "
++"combination of letters <emphasis remap=\"I\">f</emphasis> ,<emphasis remap="
++"\"I\">r</emphasis>, <emphasis remap=\"I\">w</emphasis>, <emphasis remap=\"I"
++"\">h</emphasis>, for Full name, Room number, Work phone, and Home phone, "
++"respectively. For backward compatibility, \"yes\" is equivalent to \"rwh\" "
++"and \"no\" is equivalent to \"frwh\". If not specified, only the superuser "
++"can make any changes. The most restrictive setting is better achieved by not "
++"installing <filename>chfn</filename> SUID."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.defs.5.xml:76(term)
++msgid "GID_MAX (number)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.defs.5.xml:77(term)
++msgid "GID_MIN (number)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.defs.5.xml:79(para)
++msgid ""
++"Range of group IDs to choose from for the <command>useradd</command> and "
++"<command>groupadd</command> programs."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.defs.5.xml:87(term)
++msgid "MAIL_DIR (string)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.defs.5.xml:89(para)
++msgid ""
++"The mail spool directory. This is needed to manipulate the mailbox when its "
++"corresponding user account is modified or deleted. If not specified, a "
++"compile-time default is used."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.defs.5.xml:97(term)
++msgid "PASS_MAX_DAYS (number)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.defs.5.xml:99(para)
++msgid ""
++"The maximum number of days a password may be used. If the password is older "
++"than this, a password change will be forced. If not specified, -1 will be "
++"assumed (which disables the restriction)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.defs.5.xml:108(term)
++msgid "PASS_MIN_DAYS (number)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.defs.5.xml:110(para)
++msgid ""
++"The minimum number of days allowed between password changes. Any password "
++"changes attempted sooner than this will be rejected. If not specified, -1 "
++"will be assumed (which disables the restriction)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.defs.5.xml:119(term)
++msgid "PASS_WARN_AGE (number)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.defs.5.xml:121(para)
++msgid ""
++"The number of days warning given before a password expires. A zero means "
++"warning is given only upon the day of expiration, a negative value means no "
++"warning is given. If not specified, no warning will be provided."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.defs.5.xml:131(para)
++msgid ""
++"PASS_MAX_DAYS, PASS_MIN_DAYS and PASS_WARN_AGE are only used at the time of "
++"account creation. Any changes to these settings won't affect existing "
++"accounts."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.defs.5.xml:138(term)
++msgid "UID_MAX (number)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.defs.5.xml:139(term)
++msgid "UID_MIN (number)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.defs.5.xml:141(para)
++msgid ""
++"Range of user IDs to choose from for the <command>useradd</command> program."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.defs.5.xml:148(term)
++msgid "UMASK (number)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.defs.5.xml:150(para)
++msgid ""
++"The permission mask is initialized to this value. If not specified, the "
++"permission mask will be initialized to 022."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.defs.5.xml:157(term)
++msgid "USERDEL_CMD (string)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.defs.5.xml:159(para)
++msgid ""
++"If defined, this command is run when removing a user. It should remove any "
++"at/cron/print jobs etc. owned by the user to be removed (passed as the first "
++"argument)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.defs.5.xml:170(title)
++msgid "CROSS REFERENCE"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.defs.5.xml:171(para)
++msgid ""
++"The following cross reference shows which programs in the shadow password "
++"suite use which parameters."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.defs.5.xml:178(term) chfn.1.xml:5(refentrytitle)
++#: chfn.1.xml:10(refname) chfn.1.xml:16(command)
++msgid "chfn"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.defs.5.xml:180(para)
++msgid "CHFN_AUTH CHFN_RESTRICT"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.defs.5.xml:184(term) chsh.1.xml:5(refentrytitle)
++#: chsh.1.xml:10(refname) chsh.1.xml:16(command)
++msgid "chsh"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: TH
++#: login.defs.5.xml:186(para)
++msgid "CHFN_AUTH"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.defs.5.xml:190(term) groupadd.8.xml:5(refentrytitle)
++#: groupadd.8.xml:10(refname) groupadd.8.xml:16(command)
++msgid "groupadd"
++msgstr "groupadd"
++
++#: login.defs.5.xml:192(para)
++msgid "GID_MAX GID_MIN"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.defs.5.xml:198(para)
++msgid "PASS_MAX_DAYS PASS_MIN_DAYS PASS_WARN_AGE UMASK"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.defs.5.xml:206(para)
++msgid "PASS_MAX_DAYS PASS_MIN_DAYS PASS_WARN_AGE"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.defs.5.xml:212(para)
++msgid ""
++"GID_MAX GID_MIN PASS_MAX_DAYS PASS_MIN_DAYS PASS_WARN_AGE UID_MAX UID_MIN "
++"UMASK"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.defs.5.xml:223(para)
++msgid "MAIL_DIR USERDEL_CMD"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.defs.5.xml:231(para)
++msgid "MAIL_DIR"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: login.defs.5.xml:240(para)
++msgid ""
++"Much of the functionality that used to be provided by the shadow password "
++"suite is now handled by PAM. Thus, <filename>/etc/login.defs</filename> is "
++"no longer used by programs such as: <citerefentry><refentrytitle>login</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>. Please refer to the corresponding PAM "
++"configuration files instead."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: login.defs.5.xml:257(para)
++msgid ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pam</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++msgstr ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pam</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++
++#: login.access.5.xml:5(refentrytitle) login.access.5.xml:10(refname)
++msgid "login.access"
++msgstr "login.access"
++
++#: login.access.5.xml:11(refpurpose)
++msgid "login access control table"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.access.5.xml:16(para)
++msgid ""
++"The <emphasis remap=\"I\">login.access</emphasis> file specifies (user, "
++"host) combinations and/or (user, tty) combinations for which a login will be "
++"either accepted or refused."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.access.5.xml:22(para)
++msgid ""
++"When someone logs in, the <emphasis remap=\"I\">login.access</emphasis> is "
++"scanned for the first entry that matches the (user, host) combination, or, "
++"in case of non-networked logins, the first entry that matches the (user, "
++"tty) combination. The permissions field of that table entry determines "
++"whether the login will be accepted or refused."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.access.5.xml:30(para)
++msgid ""
++"Each line of the login access control table has three fields separated by a "
++"\":\" character:"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: login.access.5.xml:35(para)
++msgid ""
++"<emphasis remap=\"I\">permission</emphasis>:<emphasis remap=\"I\">users</"
++"emphasis>:<emphasis remap=\"I\">origins</emphasis>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.access.5.xml:39(para)
++msgid ""
++"The first field should be a \"<emphasis>+</emphasis>\" (access granted) or "
++"\"<emphasis>-</emphasis>\" (access denied) character. The second field "
++"should be a list of one or more login names, group names, or <emphasis>ALL</"
++"emphasis> (always matches). The third field should be a list of one or more "
++"tty names (for non-networked logins), host names, domain names (begin with "
++"\"<literal>.</literal>\"), host addresses, internet network numbers (end "
++"with \"<literal>.</literal>\"), <emphasis>ALL</emphasis> (always matches) or "
++"<emphasis>LOCAL</emphasis> (matches any string that does not contain a "
++"\"<literal>.</literal>\" character). If you run NIS you can use "
++"@netgroupname in host or user patterns."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.access.5.xml:53(para)
++msgid ""
++"The <emphasis>EXCEPT</emphasis> operator makes it possible to write very "
++"compact rules."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.access.5.xml:58(para)
++msgid ""
++"The group file is searched only when a name does not match that of the "
++"logged-in user. Only groups are matched in which users are explicitly "
++"listed: the program does not look at a user's primary group id value."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.1.xml:5(refentrytitle) login.1.xml:10(refname)
++#: login.1.xml:16(command) login.1.xml:23(command) login.1.xml:29(command)
++msgid "login"
++msgstr "login"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: login.1.xml:11(refpurpose)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid "login - begin session on the system"
++msgid "begin session on the system"
++msgstr "login - apre una sessione sul sistema"
++
++#: login.1.xml:17(arg) login.1.xml:24(arg) login.1.xml:30(arg)
++#: login.1.xml:140(option) groupmems.8.xml:20(arg) groupmems.8.xml:61(option)
++msgid "-p"
++msgstr "-p"
++
++#: login.1.xml:19(replaceable) login.1.xml:26(replaceable)
++msgid "username"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.1.xml:20(replaceable)
++msgid "ENV=VAR"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.1.xml:25(replaceable) login.1.xml:31(replaceable)
++msgid "host"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.1.xml:25(arg) chfn.1.xml:20(arg)
++msgid "-h <placeholder-1/>"
++msgstr "-h <placeholder-1/>"
++
++#: login.1.xml:26(arg) chfn.1.xml:17(arg)
++msgid "-f <placeholder-1/>"
++msgstr "-f <placeholder-1/>"
++
++#: login.1.xml:31(arg) gpasswd.1.xml:37(arg) chfn.1.xml:18(arg)
++msgid "-r <placeholder-1/>"
++msgstr "-r <placeholder-1/>"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: login.1.xml:37(para)
++msgid ""
++"<command>login</command> is used to establish a new session with the system. "
++"It is normally invoked automatically by responding to the <emphasis remap=\"I"
++"\">login:</emphasis> prompt on the user's terminal. <command>login</command> "
++"may be special to the shell and may not be invoked as a sub-process. "
++"Typically, <command>login</command> is treated by the shell as <emphasis "
++"remap=\"B\">exec login</emphasis> which causes the user to exit from the "
++"current shell. Attempting to execute <command>login</command> from any shell "
++"but the login shell will produce an error message."
++msgstr ""
++"<command>login</command> viene utilizzato per aprire una sessione sul "
++"sistema. Normalmente viene invocato automaticamente rispondendo al prompt "
++"<emphasis remap=\"I\">login:</emphasis> del terminale. <command>login</command> può essere trattato in "
++"maniera speciale dalla shell e non può essere invocato come sottoprocesso. "
++"Normalmente <command>login</command> è trattato dalla shell come "
++"<emphasis remap=\"B\">exec login</emphasis> che termina la shell utente attuale. "
++"L'esecuzione di <command>login</command> da una shell che non sia quella di "
++"login produce un messaggio d'errore."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: login.1.xml:49(para)
++msgid ""
++"The user is then prompted for a password, where appropriate. Echoing is "
++"disabled to prevent revealing the password. Only a small number of password "
++"failures are permitted before <command>login</command> exits and the "
++"communications link is severed."
++msgstr ""
++"All'utente viene quindi chiesta la password, se necessario. Durante questa "
++"operazione l'eco sul terminale è disabilitato per non rivelare la password. "
++"Solo un basso numero di tentativi falliti è permesso prima che "
++"<command>login</command> termini e che la connessione sia rallentata."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: login.1.xml:56(para)
++msgid ""
++"If password aging has been enabled for your account, you may be prompted for "
++"a new password before proceeding. You will be forced to provide your old "
++"password and the new password before continuing. Please refer to "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry> for more information."
++msgstr ""
++"Se la scadenza delle password è abilitata per il proprio account, prima di "
++"proseguire ci può essere la richiesta di una nuova password. Il programma "
++"chiederà prima la vecchia password e poi la nuova per poter continuare. Per "
++"maggiori informazioni si faccia riferimento a "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: login.1.xml:65(para)
++msgid ""
++"After a successful login, you will be informed of any system messages and "
++"the presence of mail. You may turn off the printing of the system message "
++"file, <filename>/etc/motd</filename>, by creating a zero-length file "
++"<filename>.hushlogin</filename> in your login directory. The mail message "
++"will be one of \"<emphasis>You have new mail.</emphasis>\", \"<emphasis>You "
++"have mail.</emphasis>\", or \"<emphasis>No Mail.</emphasis>\" according to "
++"the condition of your mailbox."
++msgstr ""
++"Dopo aver completato correttamente l'accesso, vengono mostrati eventuali "
++"messaggi di sistema e si viene informati della presenza di nuova posta. Si "
++"può evitare di visualizzare i messaggi in <filename>/etc/motd</filename> "
++"creando un file vuoto chiamato <filename>.hushlogin</filename> nella propria "
++"directory di login. Il messaggio relativo alla presenza di posta è "
++"\"<emphasis>C'è nuova posta.</emphasis>\", \"<emphasis>C'è la solita posta.</"
++"emphasis>\" o \"<emphasis>Nessun messaggio di posta.</emphasis>\" a seconda "
++"dello stato della propria casella di posta."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: login.1.xml:76(para)
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Your user and group ID will be set according to their values in the "
++"<filename>/etc/passwd</filename> file. The value for <envar>$HOME</envar>, "
++"<envar>$SHELL</envar>, <envar>$PATH</envar>, <envar>$LOGNAME</envar>, and "
++"<envar>$MAIL</envar> are set according to the appropriate fields in the "
++"password entry. Ulimit, umask and nice values may also be set according to "
++"entries in the GECOS field."
++msgstr ""
++"#-#-#-#-# it.po (shadow 4.0.3) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Il proprio ID di utente e gruppo verranno poi impostati in base ai valori "
++"definiti nel file <filename>/etc/passwd</filename>. I valori di <envar>"
++"$HOME</envar>, <envar>$SHELL</envar>, <envar>$PATH</envar>, <envar>$LOGNAME</"
++"envar> e <envar>$MAIL</envar> sono impostatiin base ai corrispettivi valori "
++"nel file passwd. I valori per ulimit, umask e nice possono essere impostati "
++"in base al campo GECOS.\n"
++"#-#-#-#-# login.1.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"I propri ID di utente e gruppo vengono poi impostati in base ai valori "
++"definiti nel file <filename>/etc/passwd</filename>. I valori di <envar>"
++"$HOME</envar>, <envar>$SHELL</envar>, <envar>$PATH</envar>, <envar>$LOGNAME</"
++"envar> e <envar>$MAIL</envar> sono impostati in base ai corrispettivi valori "
++"nel file delle password. I valori per ulimit, umask e nice possono essere "
++"impostati in base al campo GECOS."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: login.1.xml:85(para)
++msgid ""
++"On some installations, the environmental variable <envar>$TERM</envar> will "
++"be initialized to the terminal type on your tty line, as specified in "
++"<filename>/etc/ttytype</filename>."
++msgstr ""
++"In alcune installazioni la variabile d'ambiente <envar>$TERM</envar> può "
++"essere impostata in base al tipo di terminale della propria connessione, "
++"come specificato in <filename>/etc/ttytype</filename>."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: login.1.xml:91(para)
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"An initialization script for your command interpreter may also be executed. "
++"Please see the appropriate manual section for more information on this "
++"function."
++msgstr ""
++"#-#-#-#-# it.po (shadow 4.0.3) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Può anche essere eseguito uno script di inizializzazione per il proprio "
++"interprete dei comandi. Guardare la pagian di manuale appropriata per "
++"maggiori informazioni su questa funzione.\n"
++"#-#-#-#-# login.1.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Può anche essere eseguito uno script di inizializzazione per il proprio "
++"interprete dei comandi. Fare riferimento alla relativa pagina di manuale per "
++"maggiori informazioni su questa funzione."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: login.1.xml:103(para) login.1.xml:174(para)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid ""
++#| "The <command>login</command> program is NOT responsible for removing "
++#| "users from the utmp file. It is the responsibility of "
++#| "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>getty</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++#| "manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>init</"
++#| "refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to clean up "
++#| "apparent ownership of a terminal session. If you use <command>login</"
++#| "command> from the shell prompt without <command>exec</command>, the user "
++#| "you use will continue to appear to be logged in even after you log out of "
++#| "the \"subsession\"."
++msgid ""
++"The <command>login</command> program is NOT responsible for removing users "
++"from the utmp file. It is the responsibility of "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>getty</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>init</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to clean up apparent "
++"ownership of a terminal session. If you use <command>login</command> from "
++"the shell prompt without <command>exec</command>, the user you use will "
++"continue to appear to be logged in even after you log out of the \"subsession"
++"\"."
++msgstr ""
++"Il programma <command>login</command> NON è responsabile di rimuovere gli "
++"utenti dal file utmp. La correzione del proprietario di una sessione di "
++"terminale è responsabilità di <citerefentry><refentrytitle>getty</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> e "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>init</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>. Se si usa <command>login</command> senza <command>exec</"
++"command> dal prompt della shell, allora l'utente che si sta usando risulterà "
++"sempre connesso al sistema fino al termine della \"sottosessione\"."
++
++#: login.1.xml:123(option) groupadd.8.xml:21(arg) groupadd.8.xml:47(option)
++#: expiry.1.xml:18(arg)
++msgid "-f"
++msgstr "-f"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: login.1.xml:126(para)
++msgid "Do not perform authentication, user is preauthenticated."
++msgstr "Non effettua l'autenticazione, l'utente è già autenticato"
++
++#: login.1.xml:132(option)
++msgid "-h"
++msgstr "-h"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: login.1.xml:135(para)
++msgid "Name of the remote host for this login."
++msgstr "Nome dell'host remoto per questo login."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: login.1.xml:143(para)
++msgid "Preserve environment."
++msgstr "Non modifica l'ambiente."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: login.1.xml:151(para)
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "Perform autologin protocol for rlogin."
++msgstr ""
++"#-#-#-#-# it.po (shadow 4.0.3) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Attiva la modalità autologin di rlogin.\n"
++"#-#-#-#-# login.1.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Attiva il protocollo autologin di rlogin."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: login.1.xml:156(para)
++msgid ""
++"The <option>-r</option>, <option>-h</option> and <option>-f</option> options "
++"are only used when <command>login</command> is invoked by root."
++msgstr ""
++"Le opzioni <option>-r</option>, <option>-h</option> e <option>-f</option> "
++"possono essere utilizzate solo quando <command>login</command> viene "
++"invocato da root."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: login.1.xml:165(para)
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"This version of <command>login</command> has many compilation options, only "
++"some of which may be in use at any particular site."
++msgstr ""
++"#-#-#-#-# it.po (shadow 4.0.3) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Questa versione di <command>login</command> ha molte altre opzioni, delle "
++"quali solo poche possono essere utilizzati in situazioni particolari.\n"
++"#-#-#-#-# login.1.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Questa versione di <command>login</command> ha molte opzioni di "
++"compilazione; solo una parte di esse potrebbe essere in uso su un "
++"determinato sistema."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: login.1.xml:170(para)
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"The location of files is subject to differences in system configuration."
++msgstr ""
++"#-#-#-#-# it.po (shadow 4.0.3) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"La posizione dei file è soggetta a differenze nella configurazione di "
++"sistema.\n"
++"#-#-#-#-# login.1.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"La posizione dei file è soggetta a differenze in base alla configurazione "
++"del sistema."
++
++#: login.1.xml:186(para)
++msgid ""
++"As any program, <command>login</command> appearance could be faked. If non-"
++"trusted users have a physical access to the machine, an attacker could use "
++"this to obtain the password of the next person sitting in front of the "
++"machine. Under Linux, the SAK mecanism can be used by users to initiate of a "
++"trusted path and prevent this kind of attack."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.1.xml:207(filename)
++msgid "/var/log/wtmp"
++msgstr "/var/log/wtmp"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: login.1.xml:209(para)
++msgid "List of previous login sessions."
++msgstr "Elenco delle precedenti sessioni."
++
++#: login.1.xml:225(filename)
++msgid "/etc/motd"
++msgstr "/etc/motd"
++
++#: login.1.xml:227(para)
++msgid "System message of the day file."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: login.1.xml:231(filename)
++msgid "/etc/nologin"
++msgstr "/etc/nologin"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: login.1.xml:233(para)
++msgid "Prevent non-root users from logging in."
++msgstr ""
++"Inibisce l\\'accesso al sistema per utenti diversi da root."
++
++#: login.1.xml:237(filename)
++msgid "/etc/ttytype"
++msgstr "/etc/ttytype"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: login.1.xml:239(para)
++msgid "List of terminal types."
++msgstr "Elenco di tipi di terminale."
++
++#: login.1.xml:243(filename)
++msgid "$HOME/.hushlogin"
++msgstr "$HOME/.hushlogin"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: login.1.xml:245(para)
++msgid "Suppress printing of system messages."
++msgstr ""
++"#-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Non fa mostrare i messaggi di sistema.\n"
++"#-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Impedisce che vengano mostrati i messaggi di sistema."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: login.1.xml:253(para)
++msgid ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>login.defs</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>nologin</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>securetty</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>getty</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++msgstr ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>login.defs</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>nologin</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>securetty</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>getty</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++
++#: limits.5.xml:5(refentrytitle) limits.5.xml:10(refname)
++msgid "limits"
++msgstr "limits"
++
++#: limits.5.xml:11(refpurpose)
++msgid "resource limits definition"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: limits.5.xml:17(para)
++msgid ""
++"The <emphasis remap=\"I\">limits</emphasis> file (<filename>/etc/limits</"
++"filename> by default or LIMITS_FILE defined <filename>config.h</filename>) "
++"describes the resource limits you wish to impose. It should be owned by root "
++"and readable by root account only."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: limits.5.xml:25(para)
++msgid ""
++"By default no quota is imposed on 'root'. In fact, there is no way to impose "
++"limits via this procedure to root-equiv accounts (accounts with UID 0)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: limits.5.xml:31(para)
++msgid "Each line describes a limit for a user in the form:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: limits.5.xml:34(emphasis)
++msgid "user LIMITS_STRING"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: limits.5.xml:37(para)
++msgid ""
++"The <emphasis>LIMITS_STRING</emphasis> is a string of a concatenated list of "
++"resource limits. Each limit consists of a letter identifier followed by a "
++"numerical limit."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: limits.5.xml:43(para)
++msgid "The valid identifiers are:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: limits.5.xml:46(para)
++msgid "A: max address space (KB)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: limits.5.xml:47(para)
++msgid "C: max core file size (KB)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: limits.5.xml:48(para)
++msgid "D: max data size (KB)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: limits.5.xml:49(para)
++msgid "F: maximum filesize (KB)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: limits.5.xml:50(para)
++msgid "M: max locked-in-memory address space (KB)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: limits.5.xml:51(para)
++msgid "N: max number of open files"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: limits.5.xml:52(para)
++msgid "R: max resident set size (KB)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: limits.5.xml:53(para)
++msgid "S: max stack size (KB)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: limits.5.xml:54(para)
++msgid "T: max CPU time (MIN)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: limits.5.xml:55(para)
++msgid "U: max number of processes"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: limits.5.xml:56(para)
++msgid ""
++"K: file creation mask, set by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>umask</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: limits.5.xml:61(para)
++msgid "L: max number of logins for this user"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: limits.5.xml:62(para)
++msgid ""
++"P: process priority, set by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>setpriority</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: limits.5.xml:69(para)
++msgid ""
++"For example, <emphasis remap=\"I\">L2D2048N5</emphasis> is a valid "
++"<emphasis>LIMITS_STRING </emphasis>. For reading convenience, the following "
++"entries are equivalent:"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: limits.5.xml:75(programlisting)
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"\n"
++" username L2D2048N5\n"
++" username L2 D2048 N5\n"
++" "
++msgstr ""
++
++#: limits.5.xml:80(para)
++msgid ""
++"Be aware that after <emphasis remap=\"I\">username</emphasis> the rest of "
++"the line is considered a limit string, thus comments are not allowed. A "
++"invalid limits string will be rejected (not considered) by the "
++"<command>login</command> program."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: limits.5.xml:87(para)
++msgid ""
++"The default entry is denoted by username \"<emphasis>*</emphasis>\". If you "
++"have multiple <emphasis remap=\"I\">default</emphasis> entries in your "
++"<emphasis>LIMITS_FILE</emphasis>, then the last one will be used as the "
++"default entry."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: limits.5.xml:94(para)
++msgid ""
++"To completely disable limits for a user, a single dash \"<emphasis>-</"
++"emphasis>\" will do."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: limits.5.xml:99(para)
++msgid ""
++"Also, please note that all limit settings are set PER LOGIN. They are not "
++"global, nor are they permanent. Perhaps global limits will come, but for now "
++"this will have to do ;)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: limits.5.xml:110(filename)
++msgid "/etc/limits"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: limits.5.xml:118(para)
++msgid ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>setpriority</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>setrlimit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++msgstr ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>setpriority</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>setrlimit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++
++#: lastlog.8.xml:5(refentrytitle) lastlog.8.xml:10(refname)
++#: lastlog.8.xml:16(command)
++msgid "lastlog"
++msgstr "lastlog"
++
++#: lastlog.8.xml:11(refpurpose)
++msgid "reports the most recent login of all users or of a given user"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: lastlog.8.xml:25(para)
++msgid ""
++"<command>lastlog</command> formats and prints the contents of the last login "
++"log <filename>/var/log/lastlog</filename> file. The <emphasis>login-name</"
++"emphasis>, <emphasis>port</emphasis>, and <emphasis>last login time</"
++"emphasis> will be printed. The default (no flags) causes lastlog entries to "
++"be printed, sorted by their order in <filename>/etc/passwd</filename>."
++msgstr ""
++"<command>lastlog</command> mostra il log degli ultimi accessi, contenuto nel "
++"file <filename>/var/log/lastlog</filename>. Le informazioni mostrate sono il "
++"<emphasis>nome utente</emphasis>, la <emphasis>porta</emphasis>, e la <emphasis>data dell'ultimo accesso</emphasis>. Il "
++"comportamento predefinito (nessuna opzione specificata) è di mostrare i "
++"record di ultimo accesso per tutti gli utenti, nell'ordine in cui compaiono "
++"in <filename>/etc/passwd</filename>."
++
++# type: TP
++#: lastlog.8.xml:37(para)
++msgid "The options which apply to the <command>lastlog</command> command are:"
++msgstr "Il comando <command>lastlog</command> accetta le seguenti opzioni:"
++
++# type: IP
++#: lastlog.8.xml:42(term)
++msgid ""
++"<option>-b</option>, <option>--before</option><replaceable>DAYS</replaceable>"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: lastlog.8.xml:46(para)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid "Print the lastlog records more recent than I<DAYS>."
++msgid ""
++"Print only lastlog records older than <emphasis remap=\"I\">DAYS</emphasis>."
++msgstr ""
++"Mostra solo i record di ultimo accesso più recenti di un numero di I<GIORNI>."
++
++# type: IP
++#: lastlog.8.xml:60(term) faillog.8.xml:93(term)
++msgid ""
++"<option>-t</option>, <option>--time</option><replaceable>DAYS</replaceable>"
++msgstr ""
++"<option>-t</option>, <option>--time</option><replaceable>GIORNI</replaceable>"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: lastlog.8.xml:65(para)
++msgid ""
++"Print the lastlog records more recent than <emphasis remap=\"I\">DAYS</"
++"emphasis>."
++msgstr ""
++"Mostra solo i record di ultimo accesso più recenti di un numero di <emphasis remap=\"I\">GIORNI</emphasis>."
++
++# type: IP
++#: lastlog.8.xml:72(term) faillog.8.xml:105(term)
++msgid ""
++"<option>-u</option>, <option>--user</option><replaceable>LOGIN</replaceable>"
++msgstr "<option>-u</option>, <option>--user</option> <replaceable>LOGIN</replaceable>"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: lastlog.8.xml:77(para)
++msgid ""
++"Print the lastlog record for user with specified <emphasis remap=\"I"
++"\">LOGIN</emphasis> only."
++msgstr ""
++"Mostra il record di ultimo accesso per l'utente specificato da <emphasis remap=\"I\">LOGIN</emphasis>."
++
++# type: TP
++#: lastlog.8.xml:85(term)
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "The <option>-t</option> flag overrides the use of <option>-u</option>."
++msgstr ""
++"#-#-#-#-# it.po (shadow 4.0.3) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"<option>-t</option> sovrascrive l'uso di <option>-u</option>.\n"
++"#-#-#-#-# lastlog.8.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"L'opzione <option>-t</option> ha la precedenza sull'uso di <option>-u</"
++"option>."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: lastlog.8.xml:94(para)
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"If the user has never logged in the message <emphasis>** Never logged in**</"
++"emphasis> will be displayed instead of the port and time."
++msgstr ""
++"#-#-#-#-# it.po (shadow 4.0.3) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Se l'utente non si è mai connesso verrà mostrato, al posto della porta e "
++"della data, il messaggio <emphasis>\"**Never logged in**\"</emphasis> (**Mai "
++"connesso**).\n"
++"#-#-#-#-# lastlog.8.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Se l'utente non ha mai effettuato accessi al sistema viene mostrato, al "
++"posto della porta e della data, il messaggio <emphasis>\"**Nessun accesso "
++"effettuato**\"</emphasis>."
++
++# type: SH
++#: lastlog.8.xml:101(title) groups.1.xml:36(title) chsh.1.xml:71(title)
++#: chage.1.xml:164(title)
++msgid "NOTE"
++msgstr "NOTA"
++
++#: lastlog.8.xml:102(para)
++msgid ""
++"The <filename>lastlog</filename> file is a database which contains info on "
++"the last login of each user. You should not rotate it. It is a sparse file, "
++"so its size on the disk is usually much smaller than the one shown by "
++"\"<command>ls -l</command>\" (which can indicate a really big file if you "
++"have in <filename>passwd</filename> users with a high UID). You can display "
++"its real size with \"<command>ls -s</command>\"."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: lastlog.8.xml:116(filename)
++msgid "/var/log/lastlog"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: lastlog.8.xml:118(para)
++msgid "Database times of previous user logins."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: lastlog.8.xml:126(para)
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Large gaps in UID numbers will cause the lastlog program to run longer with "
++"no output to the screen (i.e. if in lastlog database there is no entries for "
++"users with UID between 170 and 800 lastlog will appear to hang as it "
++"processes entries with UIDs 171-799)."
++msgstr ""
++"#-#-#-#-# it.po (shadow 4.0.3) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Grandi intervalli nei numeri di uid provocheranno una prolungata esecuzione "
++"del programma lastlog senza alcun output sullo schermo (i.e. se mmdf=800 e "
++"l'ultimo uid=170, sembrerà che il programma rimanga appeso mentre elabora "
++"gli uid tra 171 e 799).\n"
++"#-#-#-#-# lastlog.8.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Se ci sono dei grossi scarti tra i valori di UID, il programma lastlog può "
++"restare in esecuzione per un tempo prolungato senza produrre output sullo "
++"schermo (ad es. se mmdf=800 e l'ultimo UID vale 170, il programma sembrerà "
++"bloccato come se esaminasse gli UID tra 171 e 799)."
++
++#: gshadow.5.xml:5(refentrytitle) gshadow.5.xml:10(refname)
++msgid "gshadow"
++msgstr "gshadow"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: gshadow.5.xml:11(refpurpose)
++msgid "shadowed group file"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: gshadow.5.xml:16(para)
++msgid ""
++"<filename>/etc/gshadow</filename> contains the shadowed information for "
++"group accounts. It contains lines with the following colon-separated fields:"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: gshadow.5.xml:23(para)
++msgid "group name"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: gshadow.5.xml:29(para)
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "comma-separated list of group administrators"
++msgstr ""
++"#-#-#-#-# it.po (shadow 4.0.3) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"- una lista valida di membri ed amministratori\n"
++"#-#-#-#-# grpck.8.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"- una lista valida di membri e amministratori"
++
++#: gshadow.5.xml:32(para)
++msgid "comma-separated list of group members"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: gshadow.5.xml:36(para)
++msgid ""
++"The group name and password fields must be filled. The encrypted password "
++"consists of characters from the 64-character alphabet a thru z, A thru Z, 0 "
++"thru 9, \\. and /. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>crypt</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details on how "
++"this string is interpreted. If the password field contains some string that "
++"is not valid result of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>crypt</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>, for instance ! or *, "
++"the user will not be able to use a unix password to log in, subject to "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pam</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: gshadow.5.xml:49(para)
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"This information supersedes any password present in <filename>/etc/group</"
++"filename>."
++msgstr ""
++"#-#-#-#-# it.po (shadow 4.0.3) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Questa informazione ha la precedenza nei confronti di qualunque informazione "
++"sulla password o sulla scadenza della password presente in <filename>/etc/"
++"passwd</filename>.\n"
++"#-#-#-#-# shadow.5.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Queste informazioni hanno la precedenza su qualunque informazione sulle "
++"password o sulla loro durata presente in <filename>/etc/passwd</filename>."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: gshadow.5.xml:80(para)
++msgid ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpasswd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>newgrp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>."
++msgstr ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpasswd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>newgrp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>."
++
++#: grpck.8.xml:5(refentrytitle) grpck.8.xml:10(refname)
++#: grpck.8.xml:16(command)
++msgid "grpck"
++msgstr "grpck"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: grpck.8.xml:11(refpurpose)
++msgid "verify integrity of group files"
++msgstr "verifica l'integrità dei file di gruppo"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: grpck.8.xml:26(para)
++msgid ""
++"<command>grpck</command> verifies the integrity of the system authentication "
++"information. All entries in the <filename>/etc/group</filename> and "
++"<filename>/etc/gshadow</filename> are checked to see that the entry has the "
++"proper format and valid data in each field. The user is prompted to delete "
++"entries that are improperly formatted or which have other uncorrectable "
++"errors."
++msgstr ""
++"<command>grpck</command> verifica l'integrità delle informazioni di "
++"autenticazione del sistema. Ogni voce in <filename>/etc/group</filename> e "
++"in <filename>/etc/gshadow</filename> viene controllata per verificare che "
++"abbia il formato corretto e dati validi in ciascun campo. Viene richiesto "
++"all'utente di rimuovere le voci che non hanno un formato appropriato o che "
++"hanno altri errori impossibili da correggere."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: grpck.8.xml:42(para)
++msgid "a unique group name"
++msgstr "un nome univoco di gruppo"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: grpck.8.xml:45(para)
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "a valid list of members and administrators"
++msgstr ""
++"#-#-#-#-# it.po (shadow 4.0.3) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"- una lista valida di membri ed amministratori\n"
++"#-#-#-#-# grpck.8.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"- una lista valida di membri e amministratori"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: grpck.8.xml:49(para)
++msgid ""
++"The checks for correct number of fields and unique group name are fatal. If "
++"the entry has the wrong number of fields, the user will be prompted to "
++"delete the entire line. If the user does not answer affirmatively, all "
++"further checks are bypassed. An entry with a duplicated group name is "
++"prompted for deletion, but the remaining checks will still be made. All "
++"other errors are warnings and the user is encouraged to run the "
++"<command>groupmod</command> command to correct the error."
++msgstr ""
++"Gli errori nelle verifiche sul corretto numero di campi e sull'univocità del "
++"nome del gruppo sono irrimediabili. Se una voce ha un numero errato di "
++"campi, all'utente viene chiesto di cancellare l'intera riga; se l'utente non "
++"risponde affermativamente, vengono omessi tutti gli ulteriori controlli. "
++"Viene richiesta la cancellazione anche per le voci aventi il nome del gruppo "
++"duplicato, ma i rimanenti controlli vengono ugualmente effettuati. Tutti gli "
++"altri errori non sono gravi e l'utente è invitato a eseguire il comando "
++"<command>groupmod</command> per correggerli."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: grpck.8.xml:60(para)
++msgid ""
++"The commands which operate on the <filename>/etc/group</filename> file are "
++"not able to alter corrupted or duplicated entries. <command>grpck</command> "
++"should be used in those circumstances to remove the offending entry."
++msgstr ""
++"I comandi che operano sul file <filename>/etc/group</filename> non sono in "
++"grado di modificare voci corrotte o duplicate; in tali circostanze va usato "
++"<command>grpck</command> per rimuovere la voce scorretta."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: grpck.8.xml:70(para)
++msgid ""
++"By default, <command>grpck</command> operates on the files <filename>/etc/"
++"group</filename> and <filename>/etc/gshadow</filename>. The user may select "
++"alternate files with the <emphasis remap=\"I\">group</emphasis> and "
++"<emphasis remap=\"I\">shadow</emphasis> parameters. Additionally, the user "
++"may execute the command in read-only mode by specifying the <option>-r</"
++"option> flag. This causes all questions regarding changes to be answered "
++"<emphasis>no</emphasis> without user intervention. <command>grpck</command> "
++"can also sort entries in <filename>/etc/group</filename> and <filename>/etc/"
++"gshadow</filename> by GID. To run it in sort mode pass it <option>-s</"
++"option> flag. No checks are performed then, it just sorts."
++msgstr ""
++"Come impostazione predefinita, <command>grpck</command> opera sui file "
++"<filename>/etc/group</filename> e in <filename>/etc/gshadow</filename>. "
++"L'utente può selezionare file alternativi con i parametri <emphasis remap=\"I\">group</emphasis> e "
++"<emphasis remap=\"I\">shadow</emphasis>. Inoltre, il comando può essere eseguito in modalità di sola "
++"lettura specificando l'opzione <option>-r</option>: questo fa in modo che, "
++"senza l'intervento dell'utente, venga risposto <emphasis>no</emphasis> a "
++"tutte le domande che riguardano i cambiamenti. Con <command>grpck</command> "
++"si possono anche ordinare per GID le voci in <filename>/etc/group</filename> "
++"e in <filename>/etc/gshadow</filename>, è sufficiente fornire l'opzione "
++"<option>-s</option>. Non viene effettuato nessun controllo, il programma si "
++"limita a ordinare i file."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: grpck.8.xml:112(para)
++msgid ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>groupmod</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++msgstr ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>shadow</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>groupmod</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: grpck.8.xml:148(para)
++msgid "one or more bad group entries"
++msgstr "una o più voci di gruppo contengono errori"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: grpck.8.xml:154(para)
++msgid "can't open group files"
++msgstr "impossibile aprire i file dei gruppi"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: grpck.8.xml:160(para)
++msgid "can't lock group files"
++msgstr "impossibile fare il lock dei file dei gruppi"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: grpck.8.xml:166(para)
++msgid "can't update group files"
++msgstr "impossibile aggiornare i file dei gruppi"
++
++# type: TP
++#: grpck.8.xml:130(para)
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"The <command>grpck</command> command exits with the following values: "
++"<placeholder-1/>"
++msgstr ""
++"#-#-#-#-# it.po (shadow 4.0.3) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Il comando <command>grpck</command> esce con i seguenti valori:\n"
++"#-#-#-#-# grpck.8.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Il comando <command>grpck</command> restituisce i seguenti valori:"
++
++#: groups.1.xml:5(refentrytitle) groups.1.xml:10(refname)
++#: groups.1.xml:16(command)
++msgid "groups"
++msgstr "groups"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: groups.1.xml:11(refpurpose)
++msgid "display current group names"
++msgstr "mostra i nomi dei gruppi correnti"
++
++#: groups.1.xml:18(replaceable) gpasswd.1.xml:23(replaceable)
++#: gpasswd.1.xml:28(replaceable) chfn.1.xml:22(replaceable)
++msgid "user"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: groups.1.xml:25(para)
++msgid ""
++"<command>groups</command> displays the current group names or ID values. If "
++"the value does not have a corresponding entry in <filename>/etc/group</"
++"filename>, the value will be displayed as the numerical group value. The "
++"optional <emphasis remap=\"I\">user</emphasis> parameter will display the "
++"groups for the named <emphasis remap=\"I\">user</emphasis>."
++msgstr ""
++"Per ciascuno dei gruppi correnti, <command>groups</command> mostra i nomi o "
++"i valori ID. Se un valore non ha nessuna voce corrispondente in <filename>/"
++"etc/group</filename>, esso viene mostrato in forma numerica. Se viene "
++"specificato un <emphasis remap=\"I\">utente</emphasis>, vengono mostrati i gruppi a cui appartiene quel "
++"determinato <emphasis remap=\"I\">utente</emphasis>."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: groups.1.xml:37(para)
++msgid ""
++"Systems which do not support concurrent group sets will have the information "
++"from <filename>/etc/group</filename> reported. The user must use "
++"<command>newgrp</command> or <command>sg</command> to change their current "
++"real and effective group ID."
++msgstr ""
++"Sui sistemi che non supportano l'appartenenza a più gruppi "
++"contemporaneamente, vengono riportate le informazioni da <filename>/etc/"
++"group</filename>. L'utente deve usare <command>newgrp</command> o "
++"<command>sg</command> per cambiare gli ID dei gruppi reale ed efficace."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: groups.1.xml:59(para)
++msgid ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>newgrp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>getgid</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>getgroups</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>getuid</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++msgstr ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>newgrp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>getgid</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>getgroups</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>getuid</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++
++#: groupmod.8.xml:5(refentrytitle) groupmod.8.xml:10(refname)
++#: groupmod.8.xml:16(command)
++msgid "groupmod"
++msgstr "groupmod"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: groupmod.8.xml:11(refpurpose)
++msgid "modify a group definition on the system"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: TH
++#: groupmod.8.xml:20(replaceable)
++msgid "GROUP"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: groupmod.8.xml:26(para)
++msgid ""
++"The <command>groupmod</command> modifies the definition of the specified "
++"<replaceable>GROUP</replaceable> by modifying the appropriate entry in the "
++"group database."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: groupmod.8.xml:35(para)
++msgid "The options which apply to the <command>groupmod</command> command are:"
++msgstr "Il comando <command>groupmod</command> accetta le seguenti opzioni:"
++
++# type: TP
++#: groupmod.8.xml:41(term)
++msgid ""
++"<option>-g</option>, <option>--gid</option><replaceable>GID</replaceable>"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: groupmod.8.xml:45(para)
++msgid ""
++"Specify the new group ID for the <replaceable>GROUP</replaceable>. The "
++"numerical value of the <replaceable>GID</replaceable> must be a non-negative "
++"decimal integer. This value must be unique, unless the <option>-o</option> "
++"option is used. Values between 0 and 999 are typically reserved for system "
++"groups. Any files which the old group ID is the file group ID must have the "
++"file group ID changed manually."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: TP
++#: groupmod.8.xml:63(term)
++msgid ""
++"<option>-n</option>, <option>--new-name</option><replaceable>NEW_GROUP</"
++"replaceable>"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: groupmod.8.xml:68(para)
++msgid ""
++"The name of the group will be changed from <replaceable>GROUP</replaceable> "
++"to <replaceable>NEW_GROUP</replaceable> name."
++msgstr "Il nome del gruppo verrà modificato da <replaceable>gruppo</replaceable> a <replaceable>nome_gruppo</replaceable>."
++
++#: groupmod.8.xml:79(para)
++msgid ""
++"When used with the <option>-g</option> option allow to change the group "
++"<replaceable>GID</replaceable> to non-unique value."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: groupmod.8.xml:144(para)
++msgid "group name already in use"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: TP
++#: groupmod.8.xml:108(para)
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"The <command>groupmod</command> command exits with the following values: "
++"<placeholder-1/>"
++msgstr ""
++"#-#-#-#-# it.po (shadow 4.0.3) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Il comando <command>grpck</command> esce con i seguenti valori:\n"
++"#-#-#-#-# grpck.8.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Il comando <command>grpck</command> restituisce i seguenti valori:"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: groupmod.8.xml:159(para)
++msgid ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chsh</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpasswd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>groupadd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>groupdel</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>useradd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>userdel</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>usermod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++msgstr ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chsh</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpasswd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>groupadd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>groupdel</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>useradd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>userdel</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>usermod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++
++#: groupmems.8.xml:5(refentrytitle) groupmems.8.xml:10(refname)
++#: groupmems.8.xml:16(command)
++msgid "groupmems"
++msgstr "groupmems"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: groupmems.8.xml:11(refpurpose)
++msgid "administer members of a user's primary group"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: groupmems.8.xml:18(replaceable) groupmems.8.xml:19(replaceable)
++#: groupmems.8.xml:49(replaceable) groupmems.8.xml:55(replaceable)
++msgid "user_name"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: groupmems.8.xml:18(arg) gpasswd.1.xml:23(arg)
++msgid "-a <placeholder-1/>"
++msgstr "-a <placeholder-1/>"
++
++#: groupmems.8.xml:19(arg) gpasswd.1.xml:28(arg)
++msgid "-d <placeholder-1/>"
++msgstr "-d <placeholder-1/>"
++
++#: groupmems.8.xml:20(arg) groupmems.8.xml:75(option)
++msgid "-l"
++msgstr "-l"
++
++#: groupmems.8.xml:21(replaceable) groupmems.8.xml:67(replaceable)
++msgid "group_name"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: groupmems.8.xml:21(arg) groupadd.8.xml:18(arg)
++msgid "-g <placeholder-1/>"
++msgstr "-g <placeholder-1/>"
++
++#: groupmems.8.xml:28(para)
++msgid ""
++"The <command>groupmems</command> utility allows a user to administer his/her "
++"own group membership list without the requirement of super user privileges. "
++"The <command>groupmems</command> utility is for systems that configure its "
++"users to be in their own name sake primary group (i.e., guest / guest)."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: groupmems.8.xml:36(para)
++msgid ""
++"Only the super user, as administrator, can use <command>groupmems</command> "
++"to alter the memberships of other groups."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: groupmems.8.xml:43(para)
++msgid ""
++"The options which apply to the <command>groupmems</command> command are:"
++msgstr "Il comando <command>groupmems</command> accetta le seguenti opzioni:"
++
++#: groupmems.8.xml:49(option)
++msgid "-a"
++msgstr "-a"
++
++#: groupmems.8.xml:51(para)
++msgid "Add a new user to the group membership list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: groupmems.8.xml:55(option)
++msgid "-d"
++msgstr "-d"
++
++#: groupmems.8.xml:57(para)
++msgid "Delete a user from the group membership list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: groupmems.8.xml:63(para)
++msgid "Purge all users from the group membership list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: groupmems.8.xml:67(option) groupadd.8.xml:59(option)
++msgid "-g"
++msgstr "-g"
++
++#: groupmems.8.xml:69(para)
++msgid "The super user can specify which group membership list to modify."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: groupmems.8.xml:77(para)
++msgid "List the group membership list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: groupmems.8.xml:84(title)
++msgid "SETUP"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: groupmems.8.xml:85(para)
++msgid ""
++"The <command>groupmems</command> executable should be in mode <literal>2770</"
++"literal> as user <emphasis>root</emphasis> and in group <emphasis>groups</"
++"emphasis>. The system administrator can add users to group <emphasis>groups</"
++"emphasis> to allow or disallow them using the <command>groupmems</command> "
++"utility to manage their own group membership list."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: groupmems.8.xml:94(programlisting)
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"\n"
++"\t$ groupadd -r groups\n"
++"\t$ chmod 2770 groupmems\n"
++"\t$ chown root.groups groupmems\n"
++"\t$ groupmems -g groups -a gk4\n"
++" "
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: groupmems.8.xml:114(para)
++msgid "secure group account information"
++msgstr "informazioni sicure sugli account di gruppo"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: groupmems.8.xml:122(para)
++msgid ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chsh</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>groupadd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>groupdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>useradd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>userdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>usermod</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++msgstr ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chsh</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>groupadd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>groupdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>useradd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>userdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>usermod</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++
++#: groupdel.8.xml:5(refentrytitle) groupdel.8.xml:10(refname)
++#: groupdel.8.xml:16(command)
++msgid "groupdel"
++msgstr "groupdel"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: groupdel.8.xml:11(refpurpose)
++msgid "delete a group"
++msgstr "Rimuove un gruppo"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: groupdel.8.xml:25(para)
++msgid ""
++"The <command>groupdel</command> command modifies the system account files, "
++"deleting all entries that refer to <emphasis remap=\"I\">group</emphasis>. "
++"The named group must exist."
++msgstr ""
++"Il comando <command>groupdel</command> modifica i file di account di "
++"sistema, rimuovendo tutte le voci che si riferiscono a <emphasis remap=\"I\">gruppo</emphasis>. Il gruppo "
++"nominato deve esistere."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: groupdel.8.xml:30(para)
++msgid ""
++"You must manually check all file systems to insure that no files remain with "
++"the named group as the file group ID."
++msgstr ""
++"Occorre controllare manualmente tutti i filesystem per assicurarsi che non "
++"rimanga alcun file avente come ID di gruppo il gruppo specificato."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: groupdel.8.xml:37(para)
++msgid ""
++"You may not remove the primary group of any existing user. You must remove "
++"the user before you remove the group."
++msgstr ""
++"Non si può rimuovere un gruppo che sia gruppo primario di un utente. "
++"Occorre rimuovere l'utente prima di rimuovere il gruppo."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: groupdel.8.xml:80(para)
++msgid "can't remove user's primary group"
++msgstr "operazione impossibile perché il gruppo è primario per un utente"
++
++# type: TP
++#: groupdel.8.xml:62(para)
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"The <command>groupdel</command> command exits with the following values: "
++"<placeholder-1/>"
++msgstr ""
++"#-#-#-#-# it.po (shadow 4.0.3) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Il comando <command>grpck</command> esce con i seguenti valori:\n"
++"#-#-#-#-# grpck.8.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Il comando <command>grpck</command> restituisce i seguenti valori:"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: groupdel.8.xml:95(para)
++msgid ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chsh</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpasswd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>groupadd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>groupmod</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>useradd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>userdel</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>usermod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>"
++msgstr ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chsh</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpasswd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>groupadd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>groupmod</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>useradd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>userdel</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>usermod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: groupadd.8.xml:11(refpurpose)
++msgid "create a new group"
++msgstr "Crea un nuovo gruppo"
++
++# type: TH
++#: groupadd.8.xml:18(replaceable) groupadd.8.xml:59(replaceable)
++msgid "GID"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: groupadd.8.xml:19(arg) groupadd.8.xml:100(option)
++msgid "-o"
++msgstr "-o"
++
++#: groupadd.8.xml:22(replaceable) groupadd.8.xml:79(replaceable)
++msgid "KEY"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: SH
++#: groupadd.8.xml:22(replaceable) groupadd.8.xml:79(replaceable)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid "EXIT VALUES"
++msgid "VALUE"
++msgstr "VALORI RESTITUITI"
++
++#: groupadd.8.xml:22(arg) groupadd.8.xml:79(option)
++msgid "-K <placeholder-1/>=<placeholder-2/>"
++msgstr "-K <placeholder-1/>=<placeholder-2/>"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: groupadd.8.xml:31(para)
++msgid ""
++"The <command>groupadd</command> command creates a new group account using "
++"the values specified on the command line and the default values from the "
++"system. The new group will be entered into the system files as needed."
++msgstr ""
++"Il comando <command>groupadd</command> crea un nuovo account di gruppo "
++"usando i valori specificati sulla linea di comando ed i valori predefiniti "
++"dal sistema. Il nuovo gruppo verrà aggiunto ai file di sistema che lo "
++"necessitano."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: groupadd.8.xml:40(para)
++msgid "The options which apply to the <command>groupadd</command> command are:"
++msgstr "Il comando <command>groupadd</command> accetta le seguenti opzioni:"
++
++#: groupadd.8.xml:50(para)
++msgid ""
++"This option causes to just exit with success status if the specified group "
++"already exists. With <option>-g</option>, if specified GID already exists, "
++"other (unique) GID is chosen (i.e. <option>-g</option> is turned off)."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: groupadd.8.xml:62(para)
++msgid ""
++"The numerical value of the group's ID. This value must be unique, unless the "
++"<option>-o</option> option is used. The value must be non-negative. The "
++"default is to use the smallest ID value greater than 999 and greater than "
++"every other group. Values between 0 and 999 are typically reserved for "
++"system accounts."
++msgstr ""
++"Il valore numerico dell'identificatore (ID) del gruppo. Questo valore deve "
++"essere univoco, a meno che non venga usata l'opzione <option>-o</option>. "
++"Il valore deve essere non-negativo. La scelta predefinita è quella di usare "
++"il minimo valore di ID superiore a 999 e superiore a qualunque altro gruppo. "
++"Valori tra 0 e 999 sono tipicamente riservati per account di sistema."
++
++#: groupadd.8.xml:82(para)
++msgid ""
++"Overrides <filename>/etc/login.defs</filename> defaults (GID_MIN, GID_MAX "
++"and others). Multiple <option>-K</option> options can be specified."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: groupadd.8.xml:87(para)
++msgid ""
++"Example: <option>-K </option><replaceable>GID_MIN</"
++"replaceable>=<replaceable>100</replaceable><option> -K </"
++"option><replaceable>GID_MAX</replaceable>=<replaceable>499</replaceable>"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: groupadd.8.xml:91(para)
++msgid ""
++"Note: <option>-K </option><replaceable>GID_MIN</"
++"replaceable>=<replaceable>10</replaceable>,<replaceable>GID_MAX</"
++"replaceable>=<replaceable>499</replaceable> doesn't work yet."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: groupadd.8.xml:103(para)
++msgid "This option permits to add group with non-unique GID."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: groupadd.8.xml:137(para)
++msgid ""
++"Groupnames must begin with a lower case letter or an underscore, and only "
++"lower case letters, underscores, dashes, and dollar signs may follow. In "
++"regular expression terms: [a-z_][a-z0-9_-]*[$]"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: groupadd.8.xml:141(para) groupadd.8.xml:149(para)
++msgid "Groupnames may only be up to 16 characters long."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: groupadd.8.xml:143(para)
++msgid ""
++"If the groupname already exists in an external group database such as NIS, "
++"<command>groupadd</command> will deny the group creation request."
++msgstr ""
++
++#: groupadd.8.xml:179(para)
++msgid "GID not unique (when <option>-o</option> not used)"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: groupadd.8.xml:185(para)
++msgid "group name not unique"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: TP
++#: groupadd.8.xml:155(para)
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"The <command>groupadd</command> command exits with the following values: "
++"<placeholder-1/>"
++msgstr ""
++"#-#-#-#-# it.po (shadow 4.0.3) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Il comando <command>grpck</command> esce con i seguenti valori:\n"
++"#-#-#-#-# grpck.8.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Il comando <command>grpck</command> restituisce i seguenti valori:"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: groupadd.8.xml:200(para)
++msgid ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chsh</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpasswd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>groupdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>groupmod</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>login.defs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>useradd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>userdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>usermod</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++msgstr ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chsh</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpasswd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>groupdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>groupmod</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>login.defs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>useradd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>userdel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>usermod</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++
++#: gpasswd.1.xml:5(refentrytitle) gpasswd.1.xml:10(refname)
++#: gpasswd.1.xml:16(command) gpasswd.1.xml:22(command)
++#: gpasswd.1.xml:27(command) gpasswd.1.xml:32(command)
++#: gpasswd.1.xml:36(command) gpasswd.1.xml:40(command)
++msgid "gpasswd"
++msgstr "gpasswd"
++
++#: gpasswd.1.xml:11(refpurpose)
++msgid "administer the <placeholder-1/> file"
++msgstr "amministra il file <placeholder-1/>"
++
++#: gpasswd.1.xml:33(arg)
++msgid "-R <placeholder-1/>"
++msgstr "-R <placeholder-1/>"
++
++#: gpasswd.1.xml:41(replaceable) gpasswd.1.xml:42(replaceable)
++msgid "user,"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: gpasswd.1.xml:41(arg)
++msgid "-A <placeholder-1/>"
++msgstr "-A <placeholder-1/>"
++
++#: gpasswd.1.xml:42(arg)
++msgid "-M <placeholder-1/>"
++msgstr "-M <placeholder-1/>"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: gpasswd.1.xml:49(para)
++msgid ""
++"<command>gpasswd</command> is used to administer the <filename>/etc/group</"
++"filename> file (and <filename>/etc/gshadow</filename> file if compiled with "
++"SHADOWGRP defined). Every group can have administrators, members and a "
++"password. System administrator can use <option>-A</option> option to define "
++"group administrator(s) and <option>-M</option> option to define members and "
++"has all rights of group administrators and members."
++msgstr ""
++"<command>gpasswd</command> viene usato per amministrare il file <filename>/etc/group</filename> "
++"(ed il file <filename>/etc/gshadow</filename> se compilato con SHADOWGRP definito). Ogni gruppo "
++"può avere amministratori, membri ed una password. L'amministratore di "
++"sistema può usare l'opzione <option>-A</option> per definire "
++"l'amministratore/gli amministratori di gruppo e l'opzione <option>-M</"
++"option> per definire i membri ed ha tutti i diritti degli amministratori di "
++"gruppo e dei membri."
++
++# type: SS
++#: gpasswd.1.xml:60(title)
++msgid "Notes about group passwords"
++msgstr "Note sulle password di gruppo"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: gpasswd.1.xml:61(para)
++msgid ""
++"Group passwords are an inherent security problem since more than one person "
++"is permitted to know the password. However, groups are a useful tool for "
++"permitting co-operation between different users."
++msgstr ""
++"Le password di gruppo non un problema di sicurezza perché più di una persona "
++"deve conoscerle. Ciononostante i gruppi sono uno strumento molto utile per "
++"la cooperazione tra vari utenti."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: gpasswd.1.xml:72(para)
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"Group administrator can add and delete users using <option>-a</option> and "
++"<option>-d</option> options respectively. Administrators can use <option>-r</"
++"option> option to remove group password. When no password is set only group "
++"members can use <command>newgrp</command> to join the group. Option <option>-"
++"R</option> disables access via a password to the group through "
++"<command>newgrp</command> command (however members will still be able to "
++"switch to this group)."
++msgstr ""
++"L'amministratore di gruppo può aggiungere e rimuovere utenti usando "
++"rispettivamente le opzioni <option>-a</option> e <option>-d</option>. Gli "
++"amministratori possono usare l'opzione <option>-r</option> per rimuovere la "
++"password di gruppo. Quando non è impostata alcuna password solo i membri del "
++"gruppo possono usare <command>newgrp</command> "
++"per unirsi al gruppo. "
++"L'opzione <option>-R</option> disabilita l'accesso al gruppo tramite il "
++"comando <command>newgrp</command>."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: gpasswd.1.xml:82(para)
++msgid ""
++"<command>gpasswd</command> called by a group administrator with group name "
++"only prompts for the group password. If password is set the members can "
++"still <citerefentry><refentrytitle>newgrp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry> without a password, non-members must supply the "
++"password."
++msgstr ""
++"<command>gpasswd</command> invocata da un amministratore di gruppo con il "
++"solo nome del gruppo richiede solamente la password di gruppo. Se la "
++"password è impostata i membri possono ancora usare "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>newgrp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry> senza la password, i non-membri devono fornire la password."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: gpasswd.1.xml:112(para)
++msgid ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>newgrp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gshadow</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>groupadd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>groupdel</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>groupmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>grpck</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>."
++msgstr ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>newgrp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gshadow</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>groupadd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>groupdel</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>groupmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>grpck</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>."
++
++#: faillog.8.xml:5(refentrytitle) faillog.8.xml:10(refname)
++#: faillog.8.xml:16(command) faillog.5.xml:5(refentrytitle)
++#: faillog.5.xml:10(refname) faillog.5.xml:53(refentrytitle)
++msgid "faillog"
++msgstr "faillog"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: faillog.8.xml:11(refpurpose)
++msgid "display faillog records or set login failure limits"
++msgstr "mostra i conteggi e imposta i limiti degli accessi falliti"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: faillog.8.xml:25(para)
++msgid ""
++"<command>faillog</command> formats the contents of the failure log from "
++"<filename>/var/log/faillog</filename> database. It also can be used for "
++"maintains failure counters and limits. Run <command>faillog</command> "
++"without arguments display only list of user faillog records who have ever "
++"had a login failure."
++msgstr ""
++"<command>faillog</command> mostra il log degli accessi falliti, contenuto "
++"nel file <filename>/var/log/faillog</filename>; può anche essere usato per "
++"impostare i conteggi e i limiti dei tentativi falliti. Eseguire "
++"<command>faillog</command> senza argomenti per ottenere un elenco degli "
++"utenti che hanno fallito almeno un tentativo di accesso."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: faillog.8.xml:36(para)
++msgid "The options which apply to the <command>faillog</command> command are:"
++msgstr "Il comando <command>faillog</command> accetta le seguenti opzioni:"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: faillog.8.xml:44(para)
++msgid "Display faillog records for all users."
++msgstr "Mostra i record degli accessi falliti per tutti gli utenti."
++
++# type: IP
++#: faillog.8.xml:54(term)
++msgid ""
++"<option>-l</option>, <option>--lock-time</option><replaceable>SEC</"
++"replaceable>"
++msgstr ""
++"<option>-l</option>, <option>--lock-time</option><replaceable>SEC</"
++"replaceable>"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: faillog.8.xml:59(para)
++msgid ""
++"Lock account to <replaceable>SEC</replaceable> seconds after failed login."
++msgstr ""
++"Blocca l'account per <replaceable>SEC</replaceable> secondi dopo un tentativo di accesso fallito."
++
++# type: IP
++#: faillog.8.xml:66(term)
++msgid ""
++"<option>-m</option>, <option>--maximum</option><replaceable>MAX</replaceable>"
++msgstr ""
++"<option>-m</option>, <option>--maximum</option><replaceable>MAX</replaceable>"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: faillog.8.xml:71(para)
++msgid ""
++"Set maximum number of login failures after the account is disabled to "
++"<replaceable>MAX</replaceable>. Selecting <replaceable>MAX</replaceable> "
++"value of 0 has the effect of not placing a limit on the number of failed "
++"logins. The maximum failure count should always be 0 for <emphasis>root</"
++"emphasis> to prevent a denial of services attack against the system."
++msgstr ""
++"Imposta a <replaceable>MAX</replaceable> il numero massimo di tentativi permessi prima che l'account "
++"venga disabilitato. Un valore pari a zero significa che non viene posto "
++"nessun limite sul numero di tentativi falliti. Per impedire un possibile "
++"attacco di tipo Denial of Service al sistema, si consiglia di impostare "
++"questo valore a 0 per <emphasis>root</emphasis>."
++
++# type: IP
++#: faillog.8.xml:82(term)
++msgid "<option>-r</option>, <option>--reset</option>"
++msgstr "<option>-r</option>, <option>--reset</option>"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: faillog.8.xml:84(para)
++msgid ""
++"Reset the counters of login failures or one record if used with the <option>-"
++"u</option><replaceable>LOGIN</replaceable> option. Write access to "
++"<filename>/var/log/faillog</filename> is required for this option."
++msgstr ""
++"Azzera i conteggi degli accessi falliti per tutti gli utenti, o per un "
++"utente solo se usato con l'opzione <option>-u</option> <replaceable>LOGIN</replaceable>. Per usare "
++"questa opzione è richiesto l'accesso in scrittura a <filename>/var/log/"
++"faillog</filename>."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: faillog.8.xml:97(para)
++msgid ""
++"Display faillog records more recent than <replaceable>DAYS</replaceable>. "
++"The <option>-t</option> flag overrides the use of <option>-u</option>."
++msgstr ""
++"Mostra i record degli accessi falliti più recenti di un numero di <replaceable>GIORNI</replaceable>. "
++"L'opzione <option>-t</option> ha la precedenza sull'uso di <option>-u</"
++"option>."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: faillog.8.xml:109(para)
++msgid ""
++"Display faillog record or maintains failure counters and limits (if used "
++"with <option>-l</option>, <option>-m</option> or <option>-r</option> "
++"options) only for user with <replaceable>LOGIN</replaceable>."
++msgstr ""
++"Mostra il record degli accessi falliti o, se sono state usate con le opzioni "
++"<option>-r</option>, <option>-m</option> o <option>-l</option>, imposta "
++"conteggi e limiti solo per l'utente specificato da <replaceable>LOGIN</replaceable>."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: faillog.8.xml:122(para)
++msgid ""
++"<command>faillog</command> only prints out users with no successful login "
++"since the last failure. To print out a user who has had a successful login "
++"since their last failure, you must explicitly request the user with the "
++"<option>-u</option> flag, or print out all users with the <option>-a</"
++"option> flag."
++msgstr ""
++"<command>faillog</command> mostra solo gli utenti che non hanno effettuato "
++"nessun accesso corretto dopo l'ultimo tentativo fallito. Un utente che abbia "
++"completato correttamente un accesso dopo l'ultimo tentativo fallito è "
++"mostrato solo se viene richiesto esplicitamente con l'opzione <option>-u</"
++"option> o se viene richiesto di mostrare tutti gli utenti con l'opzione "
++"<option>-a</option>."
++
++#: faillog.8.xml:135(filename) faillog.5.xml:41(filename)
++msgid "/var/log/faillog"
++msgstr "/var/log/faillog"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: faillog.8.xml:137(para) faillog.5.xml:43(para)
++msgid "Failure logging file."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: faillog.8.xml:145(para)
++msgid ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>faillog</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++msgstr ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>login</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>faillog</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: faillog.5.xml:11(refpurpose)
++msgid "login failure logging file"
++msgstr "File di log degli accessi falliti"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: faillog.5.xml:16(para)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid ""
++#| "<filename>/var/log/faillog</filename> maintains a count of login failures "
++#| "and the limits for each account. The file is fixed length record, indexed "
++#| "by numerical UID. Each record contains the count of login failures since "
++#| "the last successful login; the maximum number of failures before the "
++#| "account is disabled; the line the last login failure occured on; and the "
++#| "date the last login failure occured."
++msgid ""
++"<filename>/var/log/faillog</filename> maintains a count of login failures "
++"and the limits for each account. The file is fixed length record, indexed by "
++"numerical UID. Each record contains the count of login failures since the "
++"last successful login; the maximum number of failures before the account is "
++"disabled; the line the last login failure occurred on; the date the last "
++"login failure occurred; and the time in seconds how long the account will be "
++"locked after a failure."
++msgstr ""
++"<filename>/var/log/faillog</filename> mantiene i conteggi e i limiti dei "
++"tentativi di accesso falliti per ciascun account. Il file è composto da "
++"record di lunghezza fissa, indicizzati dal valore numerico di UID. Ciascun "
++"record contiene il conteggio degli accessi falliti a partire dall'ultimo "
++"login corretto, il numero massimo di tentativi permessi prima che l'account "
++"venga disabilitato, il terminale sul quale l'ultimo tentativo fallito è "
++"avvenuto e infine la data in cui è avvenuto."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: faillog.5.xml:26(para)
++msgid "The structure of the file is:"
++msgstr "La struttura del file è la seguente:"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: faillog.5.xml:27(programlisting)
++#, no-wrap
++msgid ""
++"\n"
++"struct\tfaillog {\n"
++"\tshort fail_cnt;\n"
++"\tshort fail_max;\n"
++"\tchar fail_line[12];\n"
++"\ttime_t fail_time;\n"
++"\tlong fail_locktime;\n"
++"};"
++msgstr ""
++"\n"
++"struct\tfaillog {\n"
++"\tshort fail_cnt;\n"
++"\tshort fail_max;\n"
++"\tchar fail_line[12];\n"
++"\ttime_t fail_time;\n"
++"\tlong fail_locktime;\n"
++"};"
++
++#: expiry.1.xml:5(refentrytitle) expiry.1.xml:10(refname)
++#: expiry.1.xml:16(command)
++msgid "expiry"
++msgstr "expiry"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: expiry.1.xml:11(refpurpose)
++msgid "check and enforce password expiration policy"
++msgstr "controlla e fa rispettare la scadenza della password"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: expiry.1.xml:24(para)
++msgid ""
++"<command>expiry</command> checks (<option>-c</option>) the current password "
++"expiration and forces (<option>-f</option>) changes when required. It is "
++"callable as a normal user command."
++msgstr ""
++"<command>expiry</command> controlla (<option>-c</option>) la scadenza della "
++"password in uso e, se necessario, richiede (<option>-f</option>) che venga "
++"cambiata. Questo comando può essere eseguito da un utente qualsiasi."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: expiry.1.xml:51(para) chage.1.xml:233(para)
++msgid ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>shadow</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++msgstr ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>shadow</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: chsh.1.xml:11(refpurpose)
++msgid "change login shell"
++msgstr "cambia la shell di login"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: chsh.1.xml:28(para)
++msgid ""
++"<command>chsh</command> changes the user login shell. This determines the "
++"name of the user's initial login command. A normal user may only change the "
++"login shell for her own account, the super user may change the login shell "
++"for any account."
++msgstr ""
++"<command>chsh</command> cambia la shell di login dell'utente, in altre "
++"parole determina il comando iniziale eseguito quando un utente fa il login. "
++"Un utente qualsiasi può cambiare la shell di login solo per il proprio "
++"account, mentre l'amministratore può cambiare la shell di login per ogni "
++"account."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: chsh.1.xml:39(para)
++msgid "The options which apply to the <command>chsh</command> command are:"
++msgstr "Il comando <command>chsh</command> accetta le seguenti opzioni:"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: chsh.1.xml:61(para)
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"If the <option>-s</option> option is not selected, <command>chsh</command> "
++"operates in an interactive fashion, prompting the user with the current "
++"login shell. Enter the new value to change the shell, or leave the line "
++"blank to use the current one. The current shell is displayed between a pair "
++"of <emphasis>[ ]</emphasis> marks."
++msgstr ""
++"Se non viene usata l'opzione <option>-s</option>, <command>chsh</command> "
++"opera in maniera interattiva, mostrando all'utente la shell attuale. "
++"Inserire il nuovo valore oppure lasciare la linea vuota per non "
++"modificare il valore precedente. La shell attuale è mostrata tra "
++"parentesi <emphasis>[ ]</emphasis>."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: chsh.1.xml:72(para)
++msgid ""
++"The only restriction placed on the login shell is that the command name must "
++"be listed in <filename>/etc/shells</filename>, unless the invoker is the "
++"super-user, and then any value may be added. An account with a restricted "
++"login shell may not change her login shell. For this reason, placing "
++"<filename>/bin/rsh</filename> in <filename>/etc/shells</filename> is "
++"discouraged since accidentally changing to a restricted shell would prevent "
++"the user from ever changing her login shell back to its original value."
++msgstr ""
++"L'unica limitazione sulla scelta della shell di login è che il nome del "
++"comando deve essere presente in <filename>/etc/shells</filename>; fa "
++"eccezione l'amministratore di sistema, che è libero di scegliere qualsiasi "
++"valore. Un account con una shell di login limitata non può cambiare la "
++"propria shell di login. Per questo motivo è sconsigliato includere <filename>/bin/"
++"rsh</filename> in <filename>/etc/shells</filename>: se accidentalmente un utente "
++"selezionasse una shell limitata, non potrebbe più tornare alla shell di "
++"login che usava originariamente."
++
++#: chsh.1.xml:94(filename)
++msgid "/etc/shells"
++msgstr "/etc/shells"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: chsh.1.xml:96(para)
++msgid "List of valid login shells."
++msgstr ""
++"#-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Elenco delle shell di login valide.\n"
++"#-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"Elenco delle shell di login ammesse."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: chsh.1.xml:110(para)
++msgid ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>login.defs</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>."
++msgstr ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>login.defs</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>."
++
++#: chpasswd.8.xml:5(refentrytitle) chpasswd.8.xml:10(refname)
++#: chpasswd.8.xml:16(command)
++msgid "chpasswd"
++msgstr "chpasswd"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: chpasswd.8.xml:11(refpurpose)
++msgid "update passwords in batch mode"
++msgstr "aggiorna le password in modo non interattivo"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: chpasswd.8.xml:25(para)
++msgid ""
++"<command>chpasswd</command> reads a list of user name and password pairs "
++"from standard input and uses this information to update a group of existing "
++"users. Each line is of the format:"
++msgstr ""
++"<command>chpasswd</command> legge da standard input un elenco di coppie di "
++"nomi utente e password e usa queste informazioni per aggiornare un gruppo di "
++"utenti esistenti. Ciascuna riga usa il formato:"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: chpasswd.8.xml:30(para)
++msgid ""
++"<emphasis remap=\"I\">user_name</emphasis>:<emphasis remap=\"I\">password</"
++"emphasis>"
++msgstr "<emphasis remap=\"I\">nome_utente</emphasis>:<emphasis remap=\"I\">password</emphasis>"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: chpasswd.8.xml:34(para)
++msgid ""
++"By default the supplied password must be in clear-text. Default encryption "
++"algorithm is DES. Also the password age will be updated, if present."
++msgstr ""
++"Come impostazione predefinita, si devono fornire password in chiaro. "
++"L'algoritmo di cifratura predefinito è DES. Se sono presenti, vengono "
++"aggiornate anche le informazioni sulla durata delle password."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: chpasswd.8.xml:39(para) chgpasswd.8.xml:38(para)
++msgid ""
++"This command is intended to be used in a large system environment where many "
++"accounts are created at a single time."
++msgstr ""
++"Questo comando è appositamente pensato per grossi sistemi in cui si abbia la "
++"necessità di creare molti account nello stesso momento."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: chpasswd.8.xml:47(para)
++msgid "The options which apply to the <command>chpasswd</command> command are:"
++msgstr "Il comando <command>chpasswd</command> accetta le seguenti opzioni:"
++
++# type: IP
++#: chpasswd.8.xml:53(term) chgpasswd.8.xml:52(term)
++msgid "<option>-e</option>, <option>--encrypted</option>"
++msgstr "<option>-e</option>, <option>--encrypted</option>"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: chpasswd.8.xml:55(para) chgpasswd.8.xml:54(para)
++msgid "Supplied passwords are in encrypted form."
++msgstr "Le password fornite sono in forma cifrata."
++
++# type: IP
++#: chpasswd.8.xml:65(term) chgpasswd.8.xml:64(term)
++msgid "<option>-m</option>, <option>--md5</option>"
++msgstr "<option>-m</option>, <option>--md5</option>"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: chpasswd.8.xml:67(para) chgpasswd.8.xml:66(para)
++msgid ""
++"Use MD5 encryption instead of DES when the supplied passwords are not "
++"encrypted."
++msgstr ""
++"Usa la cifratura MD5 anziché DES quando le password fornite non sono cifrate."
++
++#: chpasswd.8.xml:78(para) chgpasswd.8.xml:77(para)
++msgid ""
++"Remember to set permissions or umask to prevent readability of unencrypted "
++"files by other users."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: chpasswd.8.xml:86(para)
++msgid ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>newusers</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>useradd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++msgstr ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>newusers</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>useradd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++
++#: chgpasswd.8.xml:5(refentrytitle) chgpasswd.8.xml:10(refname)
++#: chgpasswd.8.xml:16(command)
++msgid "chgpasswd"
++msgstr "chgpasswd"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: chgpasswd.8.xml:11(refpurpose)
++msgid "update group passwords in batch mode"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: chgpasswd.8.xml:25(para)
++msgid ""
++"<command>chgpasswd</command> reads a list of group name and password pairs "
++"from standard input and uses this information to update a set of existing "
++"groups. Each line is of the format:"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: chgpasswd.8.xml:30(para)
++msgid ""
++"<emphasis remap=\"I\">group_name</emphasis>:<emphasis remap=\"I\">password</"
++"emphasis>"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: chgpasswd.8.xml:34(para)
++msgid ""
++"By default the supplied password must be in clear-text. Default encryption "
++"algorithm is DES."
++msgstr ""
++"Come impostazione predefinita, si devono fornire password in chiaro. "
++"L'algoritmo di cifratura predefinito è DES."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: chgpasswd.8.xml:46(para)
++msgid ""
++"The options which apply to the <command>chgpasswd</command> command are:"
++msgstr "Il comando <command>chgpasswd</command> accetta le seguenti opzioni:"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: chgpasswd.8.xml:85(para)
++msgid ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpasswd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>groupadd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++msgstr ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpasswd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
++"manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>groupadd</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: chfn.1.xml:11(refpurpose)
++#, fuzzy
++msgid "change real user name and information"
++msgstr ""
++"#-#-#-#-# it.po (shadow 4.0.3) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"chfn - cambia il vero nome utente e le informazioni\n"
++"#-#-#-#-# chfn.1.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++"chfn - cambia le informazioni personali dell'utente"
++
++#: chfn.1.xml:17(replaceable)
++msgid "full_name"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: chfn.1.xml:18(replaceable)
++msgid "room_no"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: chfn.1.xml:19(replaceable)
++msgid "work_ph"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: chfn.1.xml:19(arg)
++msgid "-w <placeholder-1/>"
++msgstr "-w <placeholder-1/>"
++
++#: chfn.1.xml:20(replaceable)
++msgid "home_ph"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: chfn.1.xml:21(replaceable)
++msgid "other"
++msgstr ""
++
++#: chfn.1.xml:21(arg)
++msgid "-o <placeholder-1/>"
++msgstr "-o <placeholder-1/>"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: chfn.1.xml:28(para)
++msgid ""
++"<command>chfn</command> changes user fullname, office number, office "
++"extension, and home phone number information for a user's account. This "
++"information is typically printed by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>finger</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> and similar programs. "
++"A normal user may only change the fields for her own account, subject to the "
++"restrictions in <filename>/etc/login.defs</filename>. (The default "
++"configuration is to prevent users from changing their fullname.) The super "
++"user may change any field for any account. Additionally, only the super user "
++"may use the <option>-o</option> option to change the undefined portions of "
++"the GECOS field."
++msgstr ""
++"<command>chfn</command> è usato per cambiare il nome completo dell'utente, "
++"il numero dell'ufficio, quello di telefono dell'ufficio e di casa, e altre "
++"informazioni. Questi dati sono normalmente stampati dal programma "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>finger</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry> o equivalenti. Un utente normale può cambiare solo i dati "
++"relativi al proprio account, con eventuali altre limitazioni specificate in "
++"<filename>/etc/login.defs</filename>. (La configurazione predefinita inibisce la modifica del "
++"proprio nome completo.) Il super utente può cambiare tutte le informazioni "
++"di ciascun utente. Inoltre, solo il super utente può usare l'opzione "
++"<option>-o</option> per la modifica del campo GECOS senza restrizioni."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: chfn.1.xml:41(para)
++msgid ""
++"The only restriction placed on the contents of the fields is that no control "
++"characters may be present, nor any of comma, colon, or equal sign. The "
++"<emphasis remap=\"I\">other</emphasis> field does not have this restriction, "
++"and is used to store accounting information used by other applications."
++msgstr ""
++"L'unica limitazione sul contenuto dei campi è che non possono essere "
++"presenti virgole, due punti o segni di uguaglianza, né altri caratteri di "
++"controllo. Fa eccezione il campo <emphasis remap=\"I\">altro</emphasis>, in cui sono memorizzare "
++"informazioni di accounting usate da altre applicazioni."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: chfn.1.xml:48(para)
++msgid ""
++"If none of the options are selected, <command>chfn</command> operates in an "
++"interactive fashion, prompting the user with the current values for all of "
++"the fields. Enter the new value to change the field, or leave the line blank "
++"to use the current value. The current value is displayed between a pair of "
++"<emphasis remap=\"B\">[ ]</emphasis> marks. Without options, <command>chfn</"
++"command> prompts for the current user account."
++msgstr ""
++"Se nessuna delle opzioni è selezionata, <command>chfn</command> opera in "
++"maniera interattiva, chiedendo all'utente il valore da impostare per ogni "
++"campo. Inserire un nuovo valore per sostituire il contenuto attuale, "
++"oppure lasciare la linea vuota per non cambiarlo. Il valore attuale è "
++"mostrato tra le parentesi <emphasis remap=\"B\">[ ]</emphasis>. Senza alcuna opzione, <command>chfn</command>, chiede "
++"l'account sul quale operare."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: chfn.1.xml:78(para)
++msgid ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>login.defs</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>."
++msgstr ""
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>login.defs</"
++"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
++"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
++"citerefentry>."
++
++#: chage.1.xml:5(refentrytitle) chage.1.xml:10(refname)
++#: chage.1.xml:15(command)
++msgid "chage"
++msgstr "chage"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: chage.1.xml:11(refpurpose)
++msgid "change user password expiry information"
++msgstr "cambia le informazioni sulla scadenza della password"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: chage.1.xml:27(para)
++msgid ""
++"The <command>chage</command> command changes the number of days between "
++"password changes and the date of the last password change. This information "
++"is used by the system to determine when a user must change his/her password."
++msgstr ""
++"<command>chage</command> modifica il numero minimo di giorni tra i cambi di "
++"password e la data dell'ultimo cambio. Queste informazioni sono usate dal "
++"sistema per determinare quando un utente deve cambiare la propria password."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: chage.1.xml:37(para)
++msgid "The options which apply to the <command>chage</command> command are:"
++msgstr "Il comando <command>chage</command> accetta le seguenti opzioni:"
++
++# type: IP
++#: chage.1.xml:42(term)
++msgid ""
++"<option>-d</option>, <option>--lastday</option><replaceable>LAST_DAY</"
++"replaceable>"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: chage.1.xml:46(para)
++msgid ""
++"Set the number of days since January 1st, 1970 when the password was last "
++"changed. The date may also be expressed in the format YYYY-MM-DD (or the "
++"format more commonly used in your area)."
++msgstr ""
++"Imposta la data dell'ultimo cambio della password, espressa come il numero "
++"di giorni trascorsi dal 1 gennaio 1970. La data può anche essere specificata "
++"nel formato AAAA-MM-GG o nella notazione comunemente usata nel proprio paese."
++
++# type: TP
++#: chage.1.xml:54(term)
++msgid ""
++"<option>-E</option>, <option>--expiredate</option><replaceable>EXPIRE_DATE</"
++"replaceable>"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: chage.1.xml:58(para)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid ""
++#| "Set the date on which the user's account will no longer be accessible. "
++#| "The I<expiredate> option is the number of days since January 1, 1970 on "
++#| "which the accounted is locked. The date may also be expressed in the "
++#| "format YYYY-MM-DD (or the format more commonly used in your area). A user "
++#| "whose account is locked must contact the system administrator before "
++#| "being able to use the system again. Passing the number I<-1> as the "
++#| "I<expiredate> will remove an accounts expiration date."
++msgid ""
++"Set the date or number of days since January 1, 1970 on which the user's "
++"account will no longer be accessible. The date may also be expressed in the "
++"format YYYY-MM-DD (or the format more commonly used in your area). A user "
++"whose account is locked must contact the system administrator before being "
++"able to use the system again."
++msgstr ""
++"Imposta la data in cui l'account dell'utente non sarà più accessibile. "
++"L'opzione I<data_scadenza> indica la data in cui l'account viene bloccato, "
++"espressa come il numero di giorni trascorsi dal 1 gennaio 1970. La data può "
++"anche essere specificata nel formato AAAA-MM-GG o nella notazione "
++"comunemente usata nel proprio paese. Un utente con l'account bloccato deve "
++"contattare l'amministratore prima di poter usare ancora il sistema."
++
++#: chage.1.xml:66(para)
++msgid ""
++"Passing the number <emphasis remap=\"I\">-1</emphasis> as the "
++"<replaceable>EXPIRE_DATE</replaceable> will remove an account expiration "
++"date."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: TP
++#: chage.1.xml:80(term)
++msgid ""
++"<option>-I</option>, <option>--inactive</option><replaceable>INACTIVE</"
++"replaceable>"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: chage.1.xml:84(para)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid ""
++#| "Set the number of days of inactivity after a password has expired before "
++#| "the account is locked. The I<inactive> option is the number of days of "
++#| "inactivity. A value of 0 disables this feature. A user whose account is "
++#| "locked must contact the system administrator before being able to use the "
++#| "system again."
++msgid ""
++"Set the number of days of inactivity after a password has expired before the "
++"account is locked. The <replaceable>INACTIVE</replaceable> option is the "
++"number of days of inactivity. A user whose account is locked must contact "
++"the system administrator before being able to use the system again."
++msgstr ""
++"Imposta il numero di giorni di inattività dopo la scadenza della password "
++"dopo i quali l'account viene bloccato. L'opzione <replaceable>inattività</replaceable> indica il "
++"numero di giorni di inattività; un valore pari a zero disabilita questa "
++"funzione. Un utente con l'account bloccato deve contattare l'amministratore "
++"prima di poter usare ancora il sistema."
++
++#: chage.1.xml:91(para)
++msgid ""
++"Passing the number <emphasis remap=\"I\">-1</emphasis> as the "
++"<replaceable>INACTIVE</replaceable> will remove an account's inactivity."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: IP
++#: chage.1.xml:99(term)
++msgid "<option>-l</option>, <option>--list</option>"
++msgstr "<option>-l</option>, <option>--list</option>"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: chage.1.xml:103(para)
++msgid "Show account aging information."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: IP
++#: chage.1.xml:121(term)
++msgid ""
++"<option>-M</option>, <option>--maxdays</option><replaceable>MAX_DAYS</"
++"replaceable>"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: chage.1.xml:125(para)
++#, fuzzy
++#| msgid ""
++#| "Set maximum number of days during which a password is valid. When "
++#| "I<maxdays> plus fIlastday is less than the current day, the user will be "
++#| "required to change her password before being able to use her account. "
++#| "This occurrence can be planned for in advance by use of the <option>-W</"
++#| "option> option, which provides the user with advance warning."
++msgid ""
++"Set the maximum number of days during which a password is valid. When "
++"<replaceable>MAX_DAYS</replaceable> plus <replaceable>LAST_DAY</replaceable> "
++"is less than the current day, the user will be required to change his/her "
++"password before being able to use his/her account. This occurrence can be "
++"planned for in advance by use of the <option>-W</option> option, which "
++"provides the user with advance warning."
++msgstr ""
++"Imposta il numero massimo di giorni di validità di una password. Quando la "
++"somma di <replaceable>gg_max</replaceable> e <replaceable>gg_min</replaceable> è inferiore ai giorni attualmente trascorsi, "
++"l'utente è obbligato a cambiare la password prima di poter usare ancora il "
++"proprio account. Questo evento può essere reso noto in anticipo usando "
++"l'opzione <option>-W</option>, che fornisce un preavviso all'utente."
++
++#: chage.1.xml:134(para)
++msgid ""
++"Passing the number <emphasis remap=\"I\">-1</emphasis> as "
++"<replaceable>MAX_DAYS</replaceable> will remove checking a password's "
++"validity."
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: IP
++#: chage.1.xml:142(term)
++msgid ""
++"<option>-W</option>, <option>--warndays</option><replaceable>WARN_DAYS</"
++"replaceable>"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: chage.1.xml:146(para)
++msgid ""
++"Set the number of days of warning before a password change is required. The "
++"<replaceable>WARN_DAYS</replaceable> option is the number of days prior to "
++"the password expiring that a user will be warned his/her password is about "
++"to expire."
++msgstr ""
++"Imposta il numero di giorni di preavviso prima che sia obbligatorio cambiare "
++"la password. L'opzione <replaceable>gg_avviso</replaceable> indica il numero di giorni prima della "
++"scadenza della password in cui l'utente viene avvertito dell'imminente "
++"scadenza."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: chage.1.xml:155(para)
++#, fuzzy
++msgid ""
++"If none of the options are selected, <command>chage</command> operates in an "
++"interactive fashion, prompting the user with the current values for all of "
++"the fields. Enter the new value to change the field, or leave the line blank "
++"to use the current value. The current value is displayed between a pair of "
++"<emphasis>[ ]</emphasis> marks."
++msgstr ""
++"Se non viene specificata nessuna opzione, <command>chage</command> opera in "
++"modalità interattiva, mostrando tra parentesi quadre il valore attuale di "
++"ciascun campo e chiedendo il nuovo valore all'utente. Inserire un nuovo "
++"valore per modificare il campo, oppure lasciare la riga vuota per continuare "
++"a usare il valore attuale."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: chage.1.xml:165(para)
++msgid ""
++"The <command>chage</command> program requires a shadow password file to be "
++"available."
++msgstr ""
++"<command>chage</command> richiede che il file delle shadow password sia "
++"disponibile."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: chage.1.xml:169(para)
++msgid ""
++"The <command>chage</command> command is restricted to the root user, except "
++"for the <option>-l</option> option, which may be used by an unprivileged "
++"user to determine when his/her password or account is due to expire."
++msgstr ""
++"L'uso del comando <command>chage</command> è permesso solo all'utente root, "
++"tranne per l'opzione <option>-l</option>, che può essere usata da un utente "
++"non privilegiato per conoscere la scadenza della propria password o "
++"dell'account."
++
++# type: IP
++#: chage.1.xml:222(replaceable)
++msgid "15"
++msgstr "15"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#: chage.1.xml:224(para)
++msgid "can't find the shadow password file"
++msgstr ""
++
++# type: TP
++#: chage.1.xml:200(para)
++msgid ""
++"The <command>chage</command> command exits with the following values: "
++"<placeholder-1/>"
++msgstr "Il comando <command>chage</command> restituisce i seguenti valori: "
++"<placeholder-1/>"
++
++#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2.
++#: chage.1.xml:0(None)
++msgid "translator-credits"
++msgstr ""
++"Giuseppe Sacco <eppesuig at debian.org>, 2005.\n"
++"Danilo Piazzalunga <danilopiazza at libero.it>, 2005."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid "<command>pwck</command> [<option>-sr</option>] [I<passwd> I<shadow>]"
++#~ msgstr ""
++#~ "<command>pwck</command> [<option>-sr</option>] [I<passwd> I<shadow>]"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#, fuzzy
++#~ msgid "lastlog - examine lastlog file"
++#~ msgstr ""
++#~ "#-#-#-#-# it.po (shadow 4.0.3) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++#~ "lastlog - esamina il file lastlog\n"
++#~ "#-#-#-#-# lastlog.8.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n"
++#~ "lastlog - esamina il file degli ultimi accessi"
++
++# type: TP
++#~ msgid "<command>lastlog</command> [E<lt><option>-u</option>|<option>--user</option>E<gt> I<login-name>]"
++#~ msgstr "<command>lastlog</command> [E<lt><option>-u</option>|<option>--user</option>E<gt> I<nome-login>]"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid ""
++#~ "[E<lt><option>-t</option>|<option>--time</option>E<gt> I<days>] "
++#~ "[E<lt><option>-h</option>|<option>--help</option>E<gt>]"
++#~ msgstr ""
++#~ "[E<lt><option>-t</option>|<option>--time</option>E<gt> I<giorni>] "
++#~ "[E<lt><option>-h</option>|<option>--help</option>E<gt>]"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid "will cause the lastlog record for I<login-name> only to be printed"
++#~ msgstr "richiede di mostrare i soli dati di I<nome-login>."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid "will cause only the lastlogins more recent than fIdays to be printed"
++#~ msgstr "mostra solo le connessioni più recenti di I<giorni>."
++
++# type: TH
++#~ msgid "Debian GNU/Linux"
++#~ msgstr "Debian GNU/Linux"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid ""
++#~ "Note that turning shadow passwords off and on again will lose all "
++#~ "password aging information."
++#~ msgstr ""
++#~ "Notare che disattivando e riattivando le shadow password si perdono tutte "
++#~ "le informazioni sulla durata delle password."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid "<command>groupdel</command> I<group>"
++#~ msgstr "<command>groupdel</command> I<gruppo>"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid ""
++#~ "[<option>-e</option> I<expire_date>] [<option>-f</option> "
++#~ "I<inactive_days>]"
++#~ msgstr ""
++#~ "[<option>-e</option> I<data_scadenza>] [<option>-f</option> "
++#~ "I<tempo_inattività>]"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid ""
++#~ "[<option>-g</option> I<initial_group>] [<option>-G</option> I<group>"
++#~ "[,...]]"
++#~ msgstr ""
++#~ "[<option>-g</option> I<gruppo_iniziale>] [<option>-G</option> I<gruppo>"
++#~ "[,...]]"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid ""
++#~ "[<option>-m</option> [<option>-k</option> I<skeleton_dir>]] [<option>-o</"
++#~ "option>] [<option>-p</option> I<passwd>]"
++#~ msgstr ""
++#~ "[<option>-m</option> [<option>-k</option> I<dir_scheletro>]] [ <option>-"
++#~ "o</option>] [<option>-p</option> I<password>]"
++
++# type: TP
++#~ msgid "<command>useradd</command> <option>-D</option> [<option>-g</option>I< default_group>] [<option>-b</option>I< default_home>]"
++#~ msgstr "<command>useradd</command> <option>-D</option> [<option>-g</option>I<gruppo_predefinito>] [<option>-b</option>I<home_predefinita>]"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid ""
++#~ "[<option>-e</option>I< default_expire_date>] [<option>-f</option>I< "
++#~ "default_inactive>]"
++#~ msgstr ""
++#~ "[<option>-e</option>I< data_scadenza_predefinita>] [<option>-f</option>I< "
++#~ "inattività_predefinita>]"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid "[<option>-s</option>I< default_shell>]"
++#~ msgstr "[<option>-s</option>I< shell_predefinita>]"
++
++# type: SS
++#~ msgid "Creating New Users"
++#~ msgstr "Creare Nuovi Utenti"
++
++# type: IP
++#~ msgid "<option>-c </option>I<comment>"
++#~ msgstr "<option>-c </option>I<commento>"
++
++# type: IP
++#~ msgid "<option>-d </option>I<home_dir>"
++#~ msgstr "<option>-d </option>I<home_dir>"
++
++# type: IP
++#~ msgid "<option>-e </option>I<expire_date>"
++#~ msgstr "<option>-e </option>I<data_scadenza>"
++
++# type: IP
++#~ msgid "<option>-f </option>I<inactive_days>"
++#~ msgstr "<option>-f </option>I<giorni_inattività>"
++
++# type: IP
++#~ msgid "<option>-g </option>I<initial_group>"
++#~ msgstr "<option>-g </option>I<gruppo_iniziale>"
++
++# type: IP
++#~ msgid "<option>-G </option>I<group,[...]>"
++#~ msgstr "<option>-G </option>I<gruppo,[...]>"
++
++# type: IP
++#~ msgid "<option>-b </option>I<default_home>"
++#~ msgstr "<option>-b </option>I<home_predefinita>"
++
++# type: IP
++#~ msgid "<option>-e </option>I<default_expire_date>"
++#~ msgstr "<option>-e </option>I<data_scadenza_predefinita>"
++
++# type: IP
++#~ msgid "<option>-f </option>I<default_inactive>"
++#~ msgstr "<option>-f </option>I<inattività_predefinita>"
++
++# type: IP
++#~ msgid "<option>-g </option>I<default_group>"
++#~ msgstr "<option>-g </option>I<gruppo_predefinito>"
++
++# type: IP
++#~ msgid "<option>-s </option>I<default_shell>"
++#~ msgstr "<option>-s </option>I<shell_predifinita>"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid "[<option>-f </option>I<full_name>] [<option>-r </option>I<room_no>]"
++#~ msgstr ""
++#~ "[<option>-f </option>I<nome_completo>] [<option>-r </"
++#~ "option>I<numero_stanza>]"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid ""
++#~ "[<option>-w </option>I<work_ph>] [<option>-h </option>I<home_ph>] "
++#~ "[<option>-o </option>I<other>] [I<user>]"
++#~ msgstr ""
++#~ "[<option>-w </option>I<tel_ufficio>] [<option>-h </option>I<tel_casa>] "
++#~ "[<option>-o </option>I<altro>] [I<nome_utente>]"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid "groupmod - Modify a group"
++#~ msgstr "groupmod - Modifica un gruppo"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid ""
++#~ "<command>groupmod</command> [<option>-g</option>I< gid >[<option>-o</"
++#~ "option>]] [<option>-n</option>I< group_name >] I<group>"
++#~ msgstr ""
++#~ "<command>groupmod</command> [<option>-g</option>I< gid >[<option>-o</"
++#~ "option>]] [<option>-n</option>I< nome_gruppo >] I<gruppo>"
++
++# type: IP
++#~ msgid "<option>-g </option>I<gid>"
++#~ msgstr "<option>-g </option>I<gid>"
++
++# type: IP
++#~ msgid "<option>-n </option>I<group_name>"
++#~ msgstr "<option>-n </option>I<nome_gruppo>"
++
++# type: SS
++#~ msgid "Group passwords"
++#~ msgstr "Password di gruppo"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid ""
++#~ "When the <option>-g</option> option is used, the password for the named "
++#~ "group is changed. The user must either be the super user, or a group "
++#~ "administrator for the named group. The current group password is not "
++#~ "prompted for. The <option>-r</option> option is used with the <option>-"
++#~ "g</option> option to remove the current password from the named group. "
++#~ "This allows group access to all members. The <option>-R</option> option "
++#~ "is used with the <option>-g</option> option to restrict the named group "
++#~ "for all users."
++#~ msgstr ""
++#~ "Quando viene speficata l\\'opzione <option>-g</option>, viene cambiata la "
++#~ "password per il gruppo specificato. L\\'utente deve essere il super "
++#~ "utente oppure l'amministratore del gruppo. La password corrente non "
++#~ "viene richiesta. L\\'opzione <option>-r</option>, assieme alla <option>-"
++#~ "g</option> elimina la password attuale dal gruppo. Questo permette "
++#~ "l'accesso al gruppo a tutti i membri."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid ""
++#~ "The password aging information may be changed by the super user with the "
++#~ "<option>-x</option>, <option>-n</option>, <option>-w</option>, and "
++#~ "<option>-i</option> options. The <option>-x</option> option is used to "
++#~ "set the maximum number of days a password remains valid. After I<max> "
++#~ "days, the password is required to be changed. The <option>-n</option> "
++#~ "option is used to set the minimum number of days before a password may be "
++#~ "changed. The user will not be permitted to change the password until "
++#~ "I<min> days have elapsed. The <option>-w</option> option is used to set "
++#~ "the number of days of warning the user will receive before his/her "
++#~ "password will expire. The warning occurs I<warn> days before the "
++#~ "expiration, telling the user how many days remain until the password is "
++#~ "set to expire. The <option>-i</option> option is used to disable an "
++#~ "account after the password has been expired for a number of days. After "
++#~ "a user account has had an expired password for I<inact> days, the user "
++#~ "may no longer sign on to the account."
++#~ msgstr ""
++#~ "Le informazioni sull\\'invecchiamanto delle password possono essere "
++#~ "modificate dal super utente con le opzioni <option>-x</option>, <option>-"
++#~ "n</option>, <option>-w</option> e <option>-i</option>. L\\'opzione "
++#~ "<option>-x</option> è usata per impostare il massimo numero di giorni per "
++#~ "il quale la password è valida. Dopo il numero I<max> di giorni viene "
++#~ "richiesta la modifica della password. L\\'opzione <option>-n</option> è "
++#~ "usata per impostare il minimo numero di giorni prima che una password "
++#~ "possa essere modificata. L\\'utente non potrà modificare la password "
++#~ "prima che siano passati I<min> giorni. L\\'opzione <option>-w</option> è "
++#~ "usata per impostare il numero di giorni durante i quali l\\'utente verrà "
++#~ "avvisato che la propria password è in scadenza. L'avviso parte I<warn> "
++#~ "giorni prima della scadenza e riporta il numero di giorni che ancora gli "
++#~ "rimangono. L\\'opzione <option>-i</option> è usata per disabilitare un "
++#~ "account dopo che non è stato più usato per un certo numero di giorni. "
++#~ "Dopo che un account non è stato usato per I<inact> giorni successivi alla "
++#~ "scadenza, l\\'utente non può più accedere al sistema."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid ""
++#~ "If you wish to immediately expire an account's password, you can use the "
++#~ "<option>-e</option> option. This in effect can force a user to change "
++#~ "his/her password at the user's next login. You can also use the <option>-"
++#~ "d</option> option to delete a user's password (make it empty). Use "
++#~ "caution with this option since it can make an account not require a "
++#~ "password at all to login, leaving your system open to intruders."
++#~ msgstr ""
++#~ "Se si vuole fare scadere subito una password, si può utilizzare l"
++#~ "\\'opzione <option>-e</option>. Questo in pratica obbliga l\\'utente a "
++#~ "inserire una nuova password al successivo login. Si può anche utilizzare l"
++#~ "\\'opzione <option>-d</option> per azzerare una password. Usare questa "
++#~ "opzione con attenzione perché potrebbe permettere l\\'accesso al sistema "
++#~ "senza l\\'utilizzo di una password, lasciando quindi spazio di azione a "
++#~ "intrusi."
++
++# type: SS
++#~ msgid "Account maintenance"
++#~ msgstr "Gestione dell\\'account"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid ""
++#~ "User accounts may be locked and unlocked with the <option>-l</option> and "
++#~ "<option>-u</option> flags. The <option>-l</option> option disables an "
++#~ "account by changing the password to a value which matches no possible "
++#~ "encrypted value. The <option>-u</option> option re-enables an account by "
++#~ "changing the password back to its previous value."
++#~ msgstr ""
++#~ "Gli account utente possono essere bloccati e sbloccati con i flag "
++#~ "<option>-l</option> e <option>-u</option>. L\\'opzione <option>-l</"
++#~ "option> disabilita l\\'account impostando la password ad un valore che "
++#~ "non corrisponde a nessuna possibile password cifrata. L\\'opzione "
++#~ "<option>-u</option> abilita un account impostando la password al suo "
++#~ "valore precedente."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid ""
++#~ "<command>groupadd</command> [<option>-g</option>I< gid >[<option>-o</"
++#~ "option>]] I<group>"
++#~ msgstr ""
++#~ "<command>groupadd</command> [<option>-g</option>I< gid >[<option>-o</"
++#~ "option>]] I<gruppo>"
++
++# type: TP
++#~ msgid "<command>usermod</command> [<option>-c</option> I<comment>] [<option>-d</option> I<home_dir> [<option>-m</option>]]"
++#~ msgstr "<command>usermod</command> [<option>-c</option> I<commento>] [<option>-d</option> I<home_dir> [<option>-m</option>]]"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid ""
++#~ "[<option>-g</option> I<initial_group>] [<option>-G</option> I<group> "
++#~ "[,...]]"
++#~ msgstr ""
++#~ "[<option>-g</option> I<gruppo_iniziale>] [<option>-G</option> I<gruppo>"
++#~ "[,...]]"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid "[<option>-l</option> I<login_name>] [<option>-p</option> I<passwd>]"
++#~ msgstr ""
++#~ "[<option>-l</option> I<nome_login>] [<option>-p</option> I<password>]"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid ""
++#~ "[<option>-s</option> I<shell>] [<option>-u</option> I<uid> [<option>-o</"
++#~ "option>]] [<option>-L</option>|<option>-U</option>] I<login>"
++#~ msgstr ""
++#~ "[<option>-s</option> I<shell>] [<option>-u</option> I<uid> [ <option>-o</"
++#~ "option>]] [<option>-L</option>|<option>-U</option>] I<login>"
++
++# type: IP
++#~ msgid "<option>-l </option>I<login_name>"
++#~ msgstr "<option>-l </option>I<nome_login>"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid "<command>userdel</command> [<option>-r</option>] I<login>"
++#~ msgstr "<command>userdel</command> [<option>-r</option>] I<login>"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid ""
++#~ "The <command>userdel</command> command modifies the system account files, "
++#~ "deleting all entries that refer to I<login>. The named user must exist. "
++#~ "The options which apply to the <command>userdel</command> command are:"
++#~ msgstr ""
++#~ "Il comando <command>userdel</command> modifica i file di account del "
++#~ "sistema, rimuovendo tutte le voci che si riferiscono a I<login>. "
++#~ "L'utente nominato deve esistere."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid ""
++#~ "When looking for an editor, the programs will first try the environment "
++#~ "variable <envar>VISUAL</envar>, then the environment variable "
++#~ "<envar>EDITOR</envar>, and finally the default editor, <command>vi</"
++#~ "command>."
++#~ msgstr ""
++#~ "Quando cercano un editor, i programmi prima proveranno con la variabile "
++#~ "d'ambiente <envar>VISUAL</envar>, poi con la variabile d'ambiente "
++#~ "<envar>EDITOR</envar>, e infine con l'editor predefinito, <command>vi</"
++#~ "command>."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid "<command>newgrp</command> [<option>-</option>] [I<group>]"
++#~ msgstr "<command>newgrp</command> [<option>-</option>] [I<gruppo>]"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid ""
++#~ "<command>sg</command> [<option>-</option>] [I<group> [[<option>-c</"
++#~ "option>] I<command>]]"
++#~ msgstr ""
++#~ "<command>sg</command> [<option>-</option>] [I<gruppo> [[<option>-c</"
++#~ "option>] I<commndo>]]"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid "[<option>-s </option>I<login_shell>] [I<user>]"
++#~ msgstr "[<option>-s </option>I<shell>] [I<nome_utente>]"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid ""
++#~ "The only restrictions placed on the login shell is that the command name "
++#~ "must be listed in <filename>/etc/shells</filename>, unless the invoker is "
++#~ "the super-user, and then any value may be added. An account with a "
++#~ "restricted login shell may not change her login shell. For this reason, "
++#~ "placing B</bin/rsh> in <filename>/etc/shells</filename> is discouraged "
++#~ "since accidentally changing to a restricted shell would prevent the user "
++#~ "from every changing her login shell back to its original value."
++#~ msgstr ""
++#~ "La sola restrizione imposta per la shell di login è che il comando debba "
++#~ "essere elencato nel file <filename>/etc/shells</filename>, a meno che non "
++#~ "si stia operando da super utente, nel qual caso ogni valore è valido. Un "
++#~ "account che utilizzi una \"restricted login shell\" non può modificare la "
++#~ "propria shell di login. Per questa ragione è sconsigliato inserire B</"
++#~ "bin/rsh> in <filename>/etc/shells</filename> poiché una modifica "
++#~ "accindentale da parte di un utente non gli permetterebbe di ripristinare "
++#~ "il valore originario."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid "<command>gpasswd </command>I<group>"
++#~ msgstr "<command>gpasswd </command>I<gruppo>"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid "<command>gpasswd -a </command>I<user> I<group>"
++#~ msgstr "<command>gpasswd</command> <option>-a</option> I<utente> I<gruppo>"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid "<command>gpasswd -d </command>I<user> I<group>"
++#~ msgstr "<command>gpasswd</command> <option>-d</option> I<utente> I<gruppo>"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid "<command>gpasswd -R </command>I<group>"
++#~ msgstr "<command>gpasswd</command> <option>-R</option> I<gruppo>"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid "<command>gpasswd -r </command>I<group>"
++#~ msgstr "<command>gpasswd</command> <option>-r</option> I<gruppo>"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid ""
++#~ "<command>gpasswd</command> [<option>-A </option>I<user>,...] [<option>-M</"
++#~ "option> I<user>,...] I<group>"
++#~ msgstr ""
++#~ "<command>gpasswd</command> [<option>-A</option> I<utente>,...] [<option>-"
++#~ "M</option> I<utente>,...] I<gruppo>"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid ""
++#~ "<command>login</command> [<option>-p</option>] [I<username>] "
++#~ "[I<ENV=VAR> ...]"
++#~ msgstr ""
++#~ "<command>login</command> [<option>-p</option>] [I<nome_utente>] "
++#~ "[I<ENV=VAR> ...]"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid ""
++#~ "<command>login</command> [<option>-p</option>] [<option>-h </"
++#~ "option>I<host>] [<option>-f </option>I<username>]"
++#~ msgstr ""
++#~ "<command>login</command> [<option>-p</option>] [<option>-h </"
++#~ "option>I<host>] [<option>-f </option>I<nome_utente>]"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid ""
++#~ "<command>login</command> [<option>-p</option>] <option>-r </option>I<host>"
++#~ msgstr ""
++#~ "<command>login</command> [<option>-p</option>] <option>-r </option>I<host>"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid ""
++#~ "When invoked from the I<login:> prompt, the user may enter environmental "
++#~ "variables after the username. These variables are entered in the form "
++#~ "<envar>NAME=VALUE</envar>. Not all variables may be set in the fashion, "
++#~ "notably <envar>PATH</envar>, <envar>HOME</envar> and <envar>SHELL</"
++#~ "envar>. Additionally, <envar>IFS</envar> may be inhibited if the user"
++#~ "\\'s login shell is <command>/bin/sh</command>."
++#~ msgstr ""
++#~ "Quando viene invocato dal prompt I<login:> l'utente può inserire "
++#~ "variabili d'ambiente subito dopo il nome utente. Il formato di questa "
++#~ "aggiunta deve essere nella forma <envar>NAME=VALUE</envar>. Non tutte le "
++#~ "variabili possono essere impostate in questo modo, tipicamente "
++#~ "<envar>PATH</envar>, <envar>HOME</envar> e <envar>SHELL</envar>. Inoltre "
++#~ "<envar>IFS</envar> può essere inibito se la shell di login dell\\'utente "
++#~ "è <command>/bin/sh</command>."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid "<command>groups</command> [I<user>]"
++#~ msgstr "<command>groups</command> [I<utente>]"
++
++# type: TP
++#~ msgid "<command>expiry</command> [<option>-c</option>] [<option>-f</option>]"
++#~ msgstr "<command>expiry</command> [<option>-c</option>] [<option>-f</option>]"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid "<command>grpck</command> [<option>-r</option>] [I<group> I<shadow>]"
++#~ msgstr ""
++#~ "<command>grpck</command> [<option>-r</option>] [I<gruppo> I<shadow>]"
++
++# type: TP
++#~ msgid "<command>chage</command> [<option>-m</option> I<mindays>] [<option>-M</option> I<maxdays>] [<option>-d</option> I<lastday>] [<option>-I</option> I<inactive>]"
++#~ msgstr "<command>chage</command> [<option>-m</option> I<gg_min>] [<option>-M</option> I<gg_max>] [<option>-d</option> I<ultimo_giorno>] [<option>-I</option> I<inattività>]"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid ""
++#~ "[<option>-E</option> I<expiredate>] [<option>-W</option> I<warndays>] "
++#~ "I<user>"
++#~ msgstr ""
++#~ "[<option>-E</option> I<data_scadenza>] [<option>-W</option> I<gg_avviso>] "
++#~ "I<utente>"
++
++# type: TP
++#~ msgid "<command>chage</command> <option>-l</option> I<user>"
++#~ msgstr "<command>chage</command> <option>-l</option> I<utente>"
++
++# type: IP
++#~ msgid "<option>-d</option> I<lastday>"
++#~ msgstr "<option>-d</option> I<ultimo_giorno>"
++
++# type: IP
++#~ msgid "<option>-E</option> I<expiredate>"
++#~ msgstr "<option>-E</option> I<data_scadenza>"
++
++# type: IP
++#~ msgid "<option>-I</option> I<inactive>"
++#~ msgstr "<option>-I</option> I<inattività>"
++
++# type: IP
++#~ msgid "<option>-m</option> I<mindays>"
++#~ msgstr "<option>-m</option> I<gg_min>"
++
++# type: IP
++#~ msgid "<option>-M</option> I<maxdays>"
++#~ msgstr "<option>-M</option> I<gg_max>"
++
++# type: IP
++#~ msgid "<option>-W</option> I<warndays>"
++#~ msgstr "<option>-W</option> I<gg_avviso>"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid ""
++#~ "[<option>-f</option> I<full_name>] [<option>-r</option> I<room_no>] "
++#~ "[<option>-w</option> I<work_ph>] [<option>-h</option> I<home_ph>] "
++#~ "[<option>-o</option> I<other>] [I<user>]"
++#~ msgstr ""
++#~ "[<option>-f</option> I<nome_completo>] [<option>-r</option> "
++#~ "I<numero_stanza>] [<option>-w</option> I<tel_lavoro>] [<option>-h</"
++#~ "option> I<tel_casa>] [<option>-o</option> I<altro>] [I<utente>]"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid "<command>chpasswd</command> [B<options>]"
++#~ msgstr "<command>chpasswd</command> [B<opzioni>]"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid ""
++#~ "Remember keep protected for reading by others fille passed to standard "
++#~ "input <command>chpasswd</command> command if it contains unencrypted "
++#~ "passwords."
++#~ msgstr ""
++#~ "Evitare che il file usato come input per il comando <command>chpasswd</"
++#~ "command> sia accessibile in lettura se contiene password non cifrate."
++
++# type: TP
++#~ msgid "<command>chsh</command> [<option>-s</option> I<login_shell>] [I<user>]"
++#~ msgstr "<command>chsh</command> [<option>-s</option> I<shell_di_login>] [I<utente>]"
++
++# type: TP
++#~ msgid "<command>faillog</command> [B<options>]"
++#~ msgstr "<command>faillog</command> [B<opzioni>]"
++
++# type: TP
++#~ msgid "<command>lastlog</command> [B<options>]"
++#~ msgstr "<command>lastlog</command> [B<opzioni>]"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid ""
++#~ "<command>login</command> [<option>-p</option>] [<option>-h</option> "
++#~ "I<host>] [<option>-f</option> I<username>]"
++#~ msgstr ""
++#~ "<command>login</command> [<option>-p</option>] [<option>-h</option> "
++#~ "I<host>] [<option>-f</option> I<nome_utente>]"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid ""
++#~ "<command>login</command> [<option>-p</option>] <option>-r</option> I<host>"
++#~ msgstr ""
++#~ "<command>login</command> [<option>-p</option>] <option>-r</option> I<host>"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid "<filename>/etc/porttime</filename>\t- login and port permissions"
++#~ msgstr "<filename>/etc/porttime</filename>\t- permessi e porte di accesso"
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid ""
++#~ "<command>shadowconfig on</command> will turn shadow passwords on; "
++#~ "<command>shadowconfig off</command> will turn shadow passwords off. "
++#~ "<command>shadowconfig</command> will print an error message and exit with "
++#~ "a nonzero code if it finds anything awry. If that happens, you should "
++#~ "correct the error and run it again. Turning shadow passwords on when they "
++#~ "are already on, or off when they are already off, is harmless."
++#~ msgstr ""
++#~ "<command>shadowconfig on</command> abilita le shadow password, "
++#~ "<command>shadowconfig off</command> le disabilita. Se accade qualcosa di "
++#~ "anomalo, <command>shadowconfig</command> mostra un messaggio d'errore ed "
++#~ "esce con un codice diverso da zero; in tal caso è necessario correggere "
++#~ "l'errore e riprovare. Tentare di attivare le shadow password quando già "
++#~ "lo sono o di disattivarle quando non lo sono è un'azione senza "
++#~ "conseguenze."
++
++# type: Plain text
++#~ msgid "<command>su</command> [<option>-</option>] [I<username> [I<args>]]"
++#~ msgstr ""
++#~ "<command>su</command> [<option>-</option>] [I<nome_utente> [I<argomenti>]]"
++
Modified: trunk/debian/patches/series
===================================================================
--- trunk/debian/patches/series 2007-06-18 16:20:25 UTC (rev 1198)
+++ trunk/debian/patches/series 2007-06-18 16:45:09 UTC (rev 1199)
@@ -58,3 +58,4 @@
410_newgrp_man_mention_sg
303_wording_fixes_in_su_man
201_fix_man_su_fr
+202_it_man_uses_gettext
More information about the Pkg-shadow-commits
mailing list